* archive.c (bsd_write_argmap): The size of the ranlib structures
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdb.texinfo
CommitLineData
b80282d5 1_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
9bcc06ef 2_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
e91b87a3 3\input texinfo
5a131cc7 4@setfilename _GDBP__.info
8734fc33 5@c $Id$
9c3ad547 6@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
5a131cc7
RP
7@c
8@c NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
9@c of m4 macros called "pretex.m4". If you see <_if__> and <_fi__>
10@c scattered around the source, you have the full source before
11@c preprocessing; if you don't, you have the source configured for
12@c _HOST__ architectures (and you can of course get the full source,
13@c with all configurations, from wherever you got this).
14_if__(0)
15
9bcc06ef
RP
16THIS IS THE SOURCE PRIOR TO PREPROCESSING. The full source needs to
17be run through m4 before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
08665207 18_0__
3e0d0a27 19 m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 all.m4 gdb.texinfo >gdb-all.texinfo
08665207 20_1__
70b88761
RP
21will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU m4 >= 0.84, or SysV
22m4; Berkeley won't do) a file suitable for formatting. See the text in
23"pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and the macro definitions).
e91b87a3 24
9bcc06ef 25_fi__(0)
3e0d0a27 26_include__(gdbVN.m4)
0e0fa7ce
RP
27@tex
28\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
29\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
0e0fa7ce 30@end tex
70b88761
RP
31@c
32@syncodeindex ky cp
33@c FOR UPDATES LEADING TO THIS DRAFT, GDB CHANGELOG CONSULTED BETWEEN:
440d9834 34@c Fri Oct 11 23:27:06 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
70b88761
RP
35@c Sat Dec 22 02:51:40 1990 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint)
36@ifinfo
37This file documents the GNU debugger _GDBN__.
38
39Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
40
41Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
42this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
43are preserved on all copies.
44
45@ignore
46Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
47results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
48notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
49(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
50
51@end ignore
52Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
53manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
54section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
55in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
56distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
57one.
58
59Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
60into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
61except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
62included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
63instead of in the original English.
64@end ifinfo
c2bbbb22 65@c @smallbook
70b88761
RP
66@setchapternewpage odd
67_if__(_GENERIC__)
3e0d0a27 68@settitle Using _GDBN__ (<v>_GDB_VN__)
70b88761
RP
69_fi__(_GENERIC__)
70_if__(!_GENERIC__)
3e0d0a27 71@settitle Using _GDBN__ <v>_GDB_VN__ (_HOST__)
70b88761
RP
72_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
73@iftex
74@finalout
75@end iftex
76@titlepage
77@title{Using _GDBN__}
78@subtitle{A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger}
79_if__(!_GENERIC__)
80@subtitle{On _HOST__ Systems}
81_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
82@sp 1
83@c Maybe crank this up to "Fourth Edition" when released at FSF
3e0d0a27
RP
84@c @subtitle Third Edition---_GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
85@subtitle _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
54e6b3c3 86@subtitle July 1991
70b88761
RP
87@author{Richard M. Stallman@qquad @hfill Free Software Foundation}
88@author{Roland H. Pesch@qquad @hfill Cygnus Support}
89@page
90@tex
91{\parskip=0pt
92\hfill rms\@ai.mit.edu, pesch\@cygnus.com\par
93\hfill {\it Using _GDBN__}, \manvers\par
94\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
95}
96@end tex
97
98@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
99Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
100
101Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
102this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
103are preserved on all copies.
104
105Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
106manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
107section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
108in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
109distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
110one.
111
112Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
113into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
114except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
115included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
116instead of in the original English.
117@end titlepage
118@page
119
120@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
121@ifinfo
3e0d0a27 122This file describes version _GDB_VN__ of GDB, the GNU symbolic debugger.
70b88761
RP
123@end ifinfo
124
125@menu
b80282d5 126* Summary:: Summary of _GDBN__
3e0d0a27 127* New Features:: New Features in _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
b80282d5
RP
128* Sample Session:: A Sample _GDBN__ Session
129* Invocation:: Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
c2bbbb22 130* Commands:: _GDBN__ Commands
b80282d5
RP
131* Running:: Running Programs Under _GDBN__
132* Stopping:: Stopping and Continuing
133* Stack:: Examining the Stack
134* Source:: Examining Source Files
135* Data:: Examining Data
c2bbbb22 136* Languages:: Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
b80282d5
RP
137* Symbols:: Examining the Symbol Table
138* Altering:: Altering Execution
c2bbbb22 139* _GDBN__ Files:: _GDBN__'s Files
e251e767 140* Targets:: Specifying a Debugging Target
c2bbbb22 141* Controlling _GDBN__:: Controlling _GDBN__
b80282d5
RP
142* Sequences:: Canned Sequences of Commands
143* Emacs:: Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
c2bbbb22 144* _GDBN__ Bugs:: Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
e251e767 145* Renamed Commands::
c2bbbb22 146* Installing _GDBN__:: Installing _GDBN__
b80282d5
RP
147* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
148* Index:: Index
c2bbbb22 149
70b88761
RP
150 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
151
152Summary of _GDBN__
153
b80282d5
RP
154* Free Software:: Free Software
155* Contributors:: Contributors to _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
156
157Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
158
c2bbbb22
RP
159* Starting _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
160* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
b80282d5 161* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
70b88761
RP
162
163Starting _GDBN__
164
b80282d5
RP
165* File Options:: Choosing Files
166* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
167
168_GDBN__ Commands
169
b80282d5
RP
170* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
171* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
172
173Running Programs Under _GDBN__
174
b80282d5
RP
175* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
176* Starting:: Starting your Program
177* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
178* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
179* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
180* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
181* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
182* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
70b88761
RP
183
184Stopping and Continuing
185
b80282d5
RP
186* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
187* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
188* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
189
190Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
191
b80282d5
RP
192* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
193* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
194* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
195* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
196* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
197* Conditions:: Break Conditions
198* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
199* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
c2bbbb22 200* Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
70b88761
RP
201
202Examining the Stack
203
b80282d5
RP
204* Frames:: Stack Frames
205* Backtrace:: Backtraces
206* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
207* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
208
209Examining Source Files
210
b80282d5
RP
211* List:: Printing Source Lines
212* Search:: Searching Source Files
213* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
214* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
215
216Examining Data
217
b80282d5
RP
218* Expressions:: Expressions
219* Variables:: Program Variables
220* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
221* Output formats:: Output formats
222* Memory:: Examining Memory
223* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
224* Print Settings:: Print Settings
225* Value History:: Value History
226* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
227* Registers:: Registers
228* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761 229
c2bbbb22
RP
230Using GDB with Different Languages
231
232* Setting:: Switching between source languages
233* Show:: Displaying the language
234* Checks:: Type and Range checks
235* Support:: Supported languages
236
237Switching between source languages
238
239* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
240* Automatically:: Having GDB infer the source language
241
242Type and range Checking
243
244* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
245* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
246
247Supported Languages
248
249* C:: C and C++
250* Modula-2:: Modula-2
251
252C and C++
253
254* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
255* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
256* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
257* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
258* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
259* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
260* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
261
262Modula-2
263
264* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
265* Builtin Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
266* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
267* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
268* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
269* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
270* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
271* GDB/M2:: GDB and Modula-2
272
70b88761
RP
273Altering Execution
274
b80282d5
RP
275* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
276* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
277* Signaling:: Giving the Program a Signal
278* Returning:: Returning from a Function
279* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 280* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
281
282_GDBN__'s Files
283
b80282d5
RP
284* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
285* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761 286
e251e767 287Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761 288
b80282d5
RP
289* Active Targets:: Active Targets
290* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
291* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
292
293Remote Debugging
294
c2bbbb22
RP
295* i960-Nindy Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
296* EB29K Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
297* VxWorks Remote:: _GDBN__ and VxWorks
70b88761
RP
298
299_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
300
b80282d5
RP
301* Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy
302* Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy
303* Nindy reset:: Nindy Reset Command
70b88761
RP
304
305_GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
306
b80282d5
RP
307* Comms (EB29K):: Communications Setup
308* gdb-EB29K:: EB29K cross-debugging
309* Remote Log:: Remote Log
70b88761
RP
310
311_GDBN__ and VxWorks
312
b80282d5
RP
313* VxWorks connection:: Connecting to VxWorks
314* VxWorks download:: VxWorks Download
315* VxWorks attach:: Running Tasks
70b88761
RP
316
317Controlling _GDBN__
318
b80282d5
RP
319* Prompt:: Prompt
320* Editing:: Command Editing
321* History:: Command History
322* Screen Size:: Screen Size
323* Numbers:: Numbers
324* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
325
326Canned Sequences of Commands
327
b80282d5
RP
328* Define:: User-Defined Commands
329* Command Files:: Command Files
330* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
331
332Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
333
b80282d5
RP
334* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
335* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
c2bbbb22
RP
336
337Installing GDB
338
339* Subdirectories:: Configuration subdirectories
340* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
341* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
d7b569d5 342* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
70b88761
RP
343@end menu
344
345@node Summary, New Features, Top, Top
346@unnumbered Summary of _GDBN__
347
348The purpose of a debugger such as _GDBN__ is to allow you to see what is
349going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
e251e767 350program was doing at the moment it crashed.
70b88761
RP
351
352_GDBN__ can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
353these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
354
355@itemize @bullet
356@item
357Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
358
359@item
360Make your program stop on specified conditions.
361
362@item
363Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
364
365@item
366Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
367effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
368@end itemize
369
c2bbbb22
RP
370You can use _GDBN__ to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
371Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
70b88761
RP
372
373@menu
b80282d5
RP
374* Free Software:: Free Software
375* Contributors:: Contributors to GDB
70b88761
RP
376@end menu
377
378@node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary
379@unnumberedsec Free Software
380_GDBN__ is @dfn{free software}, protected by the GNU General Public License (GPL).
381The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
382program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
383freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
384the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
385Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
386Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
387
388Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
389you have these freedoms and that you can't take these freedoms away
390from anyone else.
391
392@c FIXME: (passim) go through all xrefs, expanding to use text headings
393For full details, @pxref{Copying}.
394@node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary
395@unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB
396
397Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
398programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This
399section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of
400free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
401regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file
402@file{ChangeLog} in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow
403account.
404
405Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
406
407@quotation
408@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you
409or your friends (or enemies; let's be evenhanded) have been unfairly
410omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
411@end quotation
412
413So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we
b80282d5 414particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: John
440d9834
RP
415Gilmore (releases _GDB_VN__, 4.1, 4.0); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.9, 3.5,
4163.4, 3.3); and Randy Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, 3.0). As major
417maintainer of GDB for some period, each contributed significantly to the
418structure, stability, and capabilities of the entire debugger.
70b88761
RP
419
420Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Pete TerMaat, Chris
421Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
422
423Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
424with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James
425Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter
426TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0).
427
3e0d0a27 428GDB _GDB_VN__ uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
70b88761
RP
429object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of V. Gumby
430Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
431
432David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
433the original support for encapsulated COFF.
434
435Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
436Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
437support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris
438Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
439Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed
440Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
441Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed
442Acorn Risc Machine support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support
443(and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
444Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed
445support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison
446contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry
447support.
448
c338a2fd
RP
449Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
450libraries.
70b88761
RP
451
452Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
453several machine instruction sets.
454
455Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
456develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation and Wind River Systems
457contributed remote debugging modules for their products.
458
459Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
460command-line editing and command history.
461
c2bbbb22
RP
462Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code and
463the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this
e251e767 464manual.
c2bbbb22 465
70b88761
RP
466@node New Features, Sample Session, Summary, Top
467@unnumbered New Features since _GDBN__ version 3.5
468
469@table @emph
470@item Targets
471Using the new command @code{target}, you can select at runtime whether
472you are debugging local files, local processes, standalone systems over
b80282d5
RP
473a serial port, realtime systems over a TCP/IP connection, etc. The
474command @code{load} can download programs into a remote system. Serial
475stubs are available for Motorola 680x0 and Intel 80386 remote systems;
476_GDBN__ also supports debugging realtime processes running under
477VxWorks, using SunRPC Remote Procedure Calls over TCP/IP to talk to a
478debugger stub on the target system. Internally, _GDBN__ now uses a
479function vector to mediate access to different targets; if you need to
480add your own support for a remote protocol, this makes it much easier.
70b88761
RP
481
482@item Watchpoints
483_GDBN__ now sports watchpoints as well as breakpoints. You can use a
484watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression
485changes, without having to predict a particular place in your program
486where this may happen.
487
b80282d5
RP
488@item Wide Output
489Commands that issue wide output now insert newlines at places designed
490to make the output more readable.
491
70b88761 492@item Object Code Formats
b80282d5 493_GDBN__ uses a new library called the Binary File Descriptor (BFD)
3d3ab540
RP
494Library to permit it to switch dynamically, without reconfiguration or
495recompilation, between different object-file formats. Formats currently
496supported are COFF, a.out, and the Intel 960 b.out; files may be read as
497.o's, archive libraries, or core dumps. BFD is available as a
498subroutine library so that other programs may take advantage of it, and
499the other GNU binary utilities are being converted to use it.
70b88761 500
b80282d5 501@item Configuration and Ports
70b88761 502Compile-time configuration (to select a particular architecture and
7463aadd 503operating system) is much easier. The script @code{configure} now
3d3ab540 504allows you to configure _GDBN__ as either a native debugger or a
b80282d5
RP
505cross-debugger. @xref{Installing _GDBN__} for details on how to
506configure and on what architectures are now available.
70b88761
RP
507
508@item Interaction
509The user interface to _GDBN__'s control variables has been simplified
510and consolidated in two commands, @code{set} and @code{show}. Output
511lines are now broken at readable places, rather than overflowing onto
512the next line. You can suppress output of machine-level addresses,
513displaying only source language information.
514
515
b80282d5
RP
516@item C++
517_GDBN__ now supports C++ multiple inheritance (if used with a GCC
518version 2 compiler), and also has limited support for C++ exception
519handling, with the commands @code{catch} and @code{info catch}: _GDBN__
520can break when an exception is raised, before the stack is peeled back
521to the exception handler's context.
70b88761 522
c2bbbb22
RP
523@item Modula-2
524_GDBN__ now has preliminary support for the GNU Modula-2 compiler,
525currently under development at the State University of New York at
526Buffalo. Coordinated development of both _GDBN__ and the GNU Modula-2
527compiler will continue through the fall of 1991 and into 1992. Other
528Modula-2 compilers are currently not supported, and attempting to debug
529programs compiled with them will likely result in an error as the symbol
530table of the executable is read in.
531
70b88761
RP
532@item Command Rationalization
533Many _GDBN__ commands have been renamed to make them easier to remember
534and use. In particular, the subcommands of @code{info} and
535@code{show}/@code{set} are grouped to make the former refer to the state
536of your program, and the latter refer to the state of _GDBN__ itself.
537@xref{Renamed Commands}, for details on what commands were renamed.
538
70b88761 539@item Shared Libraries
3e0d0a27 540_GDBN__ _GDB_VN__ can debug programs and core files that use SunOS shared
e251e767 541libraries.
b80282d5
RP
542
543@item Reference Card
d7b569d5 544_GDBN__ _GDB_VN__ has a reference card; @xref{Formatting Documentation} for
b80282d5 545instructions on printing it.
70b88761
RP
546
547@item Work in Progress
548Kernel debugging for BSD and Mach systems; Tahoe and HPPA architecture
549support.
550
551@end table
552
553@node Sample Session, Invocation, New Features, Top
554@chapter A Sample _GDBN__ Session
555
556You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about _GDBN__.
557However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
558debugger. This chapter illustrates these commands.
559
560@iftex
561In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @i{input},
562to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
563@end iftex
564
565@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
566@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
567_0__
568One of the preliminary versions of GNU @code{m4} (a generic macro
569processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
570quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro's
571definition in another stop working. In the following short @code{m4}
572session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
573then use the @code{m4} builtin @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
574same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to
575@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
576procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
577
578@smallexample
579$ @i{cd gnu/m4}
580$ @i{./m4}
581@i{define(foo,0000)}
582
583@i{foo}
5840000
585@i{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
586
587@i{bar}
5880000
589@i{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
590
591@i{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
592@i{baz}
593@i{C-d}
594m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
595@end smallexample
596
597@noindent
598Let's use _GDBN__ to try to see what's going on.
599
600@smallexample
601$ @i{_GDBP__ m4}
c338a2fd 602GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies of it
440d9834
RP
603 under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see the conditions.
604There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty" for details.
c338a2fd 605GDB _GDB_VN__, Copyright 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
e251e767 606(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
607@end smallexample
608
609@noindent
610_GDBN__ reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest
611when needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We
612then tell _GDBN__ to use a narrower display width than usual, so
613that examples will fit in this manual.
614
615@smallexample
616(_GDBP__) @i{set width 70}
617@end smallexample
618
e251e767 619@noindent
70b88761
RP
620Let's see how the @code{m4} builtin @code{changequote} works.
621Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
622@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with _GDBN__'s
623@code{break} command.
624
625@smallexample
626(_GDBP__) @i{break m4_changequote}
627Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
628@end smallexample
629
630@noindent
631Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under _GDBN__
632control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
633subroutine, the program runs as usual:
634
635@smallexample
636(_GDBP__) @i{run}
e251e767 637Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
70b88761
RP
638@i{define(foo,0000)}
639
640@i{foo}
6410000
642@end smallexample
643
644@noindent
645To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. _GDBN__
646suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
647context where it stops.
648
649@smallexample
650@i{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
651
652Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) at builtin.c:879
653879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]), argc, 1, 3))
654@end smallexample
655
656@noindent
657Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
658the next line of the current function.
659
660@smallexample
661(_GDBP__) @i{n}
662882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1]) : nil,
663@end smallexample
664
665@noindent
666@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it
667by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
668@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
e251e767 669subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
70b88761
RP
670
671@smallexample
672(_GDBP__) @i{s}
673set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
674 at input.c:530
675530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
676@end smallexample
677
678@noindent
679The summary display showing the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
680suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. We can
681use the @code{backtrace} command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}),
682to see where we are in the stack: it displays a stack frame for each
683active subroutine.
684
685@smallexample
686(_GDBP__) @i{bt}
687#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
688 at input.c:530
689#1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) at builtin.c:882
690#2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
691#3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
692 at macro.c:71
693#4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
694#5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
695@end smallexample
696
697@noindent
698Let's step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two
699times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
700falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
701@smallexample
702(_GDBP__) @i{s}
7030x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote)
704(_GDBP__) @i{s}
7050x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote :\
706 xstrdup(lq);
707(_GDBP__) @i{n}
708536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote : xstrdup\
709(rq);
710(_GDBP__) @i{n}
711538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
712@end smallexample
713
714@noindent
715The last line displayed looks a little odd; let's examine the variables
716@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
717and right quotes we specified. We can use the command @code{p}
718(@code{print}) to see their values.
719
720@smallexample
721(_GDBP__) @i{p lquote}
722$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
723(_GDBP__) @i{p rquote}
724$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
725@end smallexample
726
727@noindent
728@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
729Let's look at some context; we can display ten lines of source
730surrounding the current line, with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
731
732@smallexample
733(_GDBP__) @i{l}
734533 xfree(rquote);
e251e767 735534
70b88761
RP
736535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote : xstrdup\
737(lq);
738536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote : xstrdup\
739(rq);
e251e767 740537
70b88761
RP
741538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
742539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
743540 @}
e251e767 744541
70b88761
RP
745542 void
746@end smallexample
747
748@noindent
749Let's step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
750@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
751
752@smallexample
753(_GDBP__) @i{n}
754539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
755(_GDBP__) @i{n}
756540 @}
757(_GDBP__) @i{p len_lquote}
758$3 = 9
759(_GDBP__) @i{p len_rquote}
760$4 = 7
761@end smallexample
762
763@noindent
764That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
765@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
766@code{rquote} respectively. Let's try setting them to better values.
767We can use the @code{p} command for this, since it'll print the value of
768any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
e251e767 769assignments.
70b88761
RP
770
771@smallexample
772(_GDBP__) p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)
773$5 = 7
774(_GDBP__) p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)
775$6 = 9
776@end smallexample
777
778@noindent
779Let's see if that fixes the problem of using the new quotes with the
780@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}. We can allow @code{m4} to continue
781executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
782example that caused trouble initially:
783
784@smallexample
785(_GDBP__) @i{c}
786Continuing.
787
788@i{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
789
790baz
7910000
792@end smallexample
793
794@noindent
795Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The
796problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
797lengths. We'll let @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input.
798
799@smallexample
800@i{C-d}
801Program exited normally.
802@end smallexample
803
e251e767 804@noindent
70b88761
RP
805The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from _GDBN__; it
806indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our _GDBN__
807session with the _GDBN__ @code{quit} command.
808
809@smallexample
810(_GDBP__) @i{quit}
70b88761
RP
811_1__@end smallexample
812
813@node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top
814@chapter Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
815
816@menu
c2bbbb22
RP
817* Starting _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
818* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
b80282d5 819* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
70b88761
RP
820@end menu
821
822@node Starting _GDBN__, Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation, Invocation
823@section Starting _GDBN__
824
825_GDBN__ is invoked with the shell command @code{_GDBP__}. Once started,
826it reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
827
828You can run @code{_GDBP__} with no arguments or options; but the most
829usual way to start _GDBN__ is with one argument or two, specifying an
830executable program as the argument:
831@example
832_GDBP__ program
833@end example
834@noindent
835You can also start with both an executable program and a core file specified:
836@example
837_GDBP__ program core
838@end example
839
b80282d5
RP
840You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
841to debug a running process:
842@example
843_GDBP__ program 1234
844@end example
845@noindent
846would attach _GDBN__ to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
847named @file{1234}; _GDBN__ does check for a core file first).
848
70b88761
RP
849@noindent
850You can further control how _GDBN__ starts up by using command-line
851options. _GDBN__ itself can remind you of the options available:
852@example
853_GDBP__ -help
854@end example
855@noindent
856will display all available options and briefly describe their use
857(@samp{_GDBP__ -h} is a shorter equivalent).
858
859All options and command line arguments you give are processed
860in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
e251e767 861@samp{-x} option is used.
70b88761
RP
862
863@menu
b80282d5
RP
864* File Options:: Choosing Files
865* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
866_if__(!_GENERIC__)
867_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)_dnl__
868_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
869@end menu
870
871@node File Options, Mode Options, Starting _GDBN__, Starting _GDBN__
872@subsection Choosing Files
873
874As shown above, any arguments other than options specify an executable
875file and core file; that is, the first argument encountered with no
876associated option flag is equivalent to a @samp{-se} option, and the
877second, if any, is equivalent to a @samp{-c} option. Many options have
878both long and short forms; both are shown here. The long forms are also
879recognized if you truncate them, so long as enough of the option is
880present to be unambiguous. (If you prefer, you can flag option
881arguments with @samp{+} rather than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the
882more usual convention.)
883
884@table @code
885@item -symbols=@var{file}
886@itemx -s @var{file}
887Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
888
889@item -exec=@var{file}
890@itemx -e @var{file}
891Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when
892appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
893dump.
894
3d3ab540 895@item -se=@var{file}
70b88761
RP
896Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
897file.
898
899@item -core=@var{file}
900@itemx -c @var{file}
901Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
902
903@item -command=@var{file}
904@itemx -x @var{file}
905Execute _GDBN__ commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files}.
906
907@item -directory=@var{directory}
908@itemx -d @var{directory}
909Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files.
910@end table
911
912_if__(!_GENERIC__)
c2bbbb22 913@node Mode Options, Mode Options, File Options, Starting _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
914_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
915_if__(_GENERIC__)
916@node Mode Options, , File Options, Starting _GDBN__
917_fi__(_GENERIC__)
918@subsection Choosing Modes
919
920@table @code
921@item -nx
922@itemx -n
923Do not execute commands from any @file{_GDBINIT__} initialization files.
924Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
e251e767 925command options and arguments have been processed.
c728f1f0 926@xref{Command Files}.
70b88761
RP
927
928@item -quiet
929@itemx -q
930``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
c338a2fd 931messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
70b88761
RP
932
933@item -batch
934Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command
935files specified with @samp{-x} (and @file{_GDBINIT__}, if not inhibited).
936Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the _GDBN__
e251e767 937commands in the command files.
70b88761
RP
938
939Batch mode may be useful for running _GDBN__ as a filter, for example to
940download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
e251e767 941more useful, the message
70b88761
RP
942@example
943Program exited normally.
944@end example
945@noindent
946(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under _GDBN__ control
947terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
948
3d3ab540 949@item -cd=@var{directory}
70b88761
RP
950Run _GDBN__ using @var{directory} as its working directory,
951instead of the current directory.
952
953@item -fullname
954@itemx -f
955Emacs sets this option when it runs _GDBN__ as a subprocess. It tells _GDBN__
956to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
957recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
958includes each time the program stops). This recognizable format looks
959like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number
960and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
961Emacs-to-_GDBN__ interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as
962a signal to display the source code for the frame.
963
964@item -b @var{bps}
965Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
966interface used by _GDBN__ for remote debugging.
967
3d3ab540 968@item -tty=@var{device}
70b88761
RP
969Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
970@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there's more to -tty. Investigate.
971@end table
972
973_if__(!_GENERIC__)
974_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
975_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
976
977@node Leaving _GDBN__, Shell Commands, Starting _GDBN__, Invocation
978@section Leaving _GDBN__
979@cindex exiting _GDBN__
980@table @code
981@item quit
982@kindex quit
983@kindex q
984To exit _GDBN__, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type
e251e767 985an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}).
70b88761
RP
986@end table
987
988@cindex interrupt
989An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) will not exit from _GDBN__, but rather
990will terminate the action of any _GDBN__ command that is in progress and
991return to _GDBN__ command level. It is safe to type the interrupt
992character at any time because _GDBN__ does not allow it to take effect
993until a time when it is safe.
994
995If you've been using _GDBN__ to control an attached process or device,
996you can release it with the @code{detach} command; @pxref{Attach}.
997
998@node Shell Commands, , Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation
999@section Shell Commands
1000If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
1001debugging session, there's no need to leave or suspend _GDBN__; you can
1002just use the @code{shell} command.
1003
1004@table @code
1005@item shell @var{command string}
1006@kindex shell
1007@cindex shell escape
1008Directs _GDBN__ to invoke an inferior shell to execute @var{command
1009string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} is used
1010for the name of the shell to run. Otherwise _GDBN__ uses
1011@code{/bin/sh}.
1012@end table
1013
1014The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
1015You don't have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in _GDBN__:
1016
1017@table @code
1018@item make @var{make-args}
1019@kindex make
1020@cindex calling make
1021Causes _GDBN__ to execute an inferior @code{make} program with the specified
1022arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
1023@end table
1024
1025@node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top
1026@chapter _GDBN__ Commands
1027
1028@menu
b80282d5
RP
1029* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
1030* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
1031@end menu
1032
1033@node Command Syntax, Help, Commands, Commands
1034@section Command Syntax
1035A _GDBN__ command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long
1036it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments
1037whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command
1038@code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step,
1039as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with
1040no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments.
1041
1042@cindex abbreviation
1043_GDBN__ command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
1044unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
1045documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous
1046abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
1047equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
1048names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as
7463aadd 1049arguments to the @code{help} command.
70b88761 1050
e251e767 1051@cindex repeating commands
70b88761
RP
1052@kindex RET
1053A blank line as input to _GDBN__ (typing just @key{RET}) means to
1054repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
1055will not repeat this way; these are commands for which unintentional
1056repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
1057repeat.
1058
1059The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
1060@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
1061exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
1062
b80282d5
RP
1063_GDBN__ can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
1064output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
1065(@pxref{Screen Size}). Since it's easy to press one @key{RET} too many
1066in this situation, _GDBN__ disables command repetition after any command
1067that generates this sort of display.
1068
70b88761
RP
1069@kindex #
1070@cindex comment
1071A line of input starting with @kbd{#} is a comment; it does nothing.
1072This is useful mainly in command files (@xref{Command Files}).
1073
1074@node Help, , Command Syntax, Commands
1075@section Getting Help
1076@cindex online documentation
1077@kindex help
1078You can always ask _GDBN__ itself for information on its commands, using the
e251e767 1079command @code{help}.
70b88761
RP
1080
1081@table @code
1082@item help
1083@itemx h
1084@kindex h
1085You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
1086display a short list of named classes of commands:
1087@smallexample
1088(_GDBP__) help
1089List of classes of commands:
1090
1091running -- Running the program
1092stack -- Examining the stack
1093data -- Examining data
1094breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
1095files -- Specifying and examining files
1096status -- Status inquiries
1097support -- Support facilities
1098user-defined -- User-defined commands
1099aliases -- Aliases of other commands
1100obscure -- Obscure features
1101
1102Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of commands in that class.
1103Type "help" followed by command name for full documentation.
1104Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1105(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1106@end smallexample
1107
1108@item help @var{class}
1109Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
1110list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the
1111help display for the class @code{status}:
1112@smallexample
1113(_GDBP__) help status
1114Status inquiries.
1115
1116List of commands:
1117
1118show -- Generic command for showing things set with "set"
1119info -- Generic command for printing status
1120
1121Type "help" followed by command name for full documentation.
1122Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1123(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1124@end smallexample
1125
1126@item help @var{command}
1127With a command name as @code{help} argument, _GDBN__ will display a
e251e767 1128short paragraph on how to use that command.
70b88761
RP
1129@end table
1130
1131In addition to @code{help}, you can use the _GDBN__ commands @code{info}
1132and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
1133of _GDBN__ itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
1134manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings
1135under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
1136all the sub-commands.
1137@c FIXME: @pxref{Index} used to be here, but even though it shows up in
e251e767 1138@c FIXME...the 'aux' file with a pageno the xref can't find it.
70b88761
RP
1139
1140@c @group
1141@table @code
1142@item info
1143@kindex info
1144@kindex i
1145This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
1146program; for example, it can list the arguments given to your program
1147(@code{info args}), the registers currently in use (@code{info
1148registers}), or the breakpoints you've set (@code{info breakpoints}).
1149You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
1150@w{@code{help info}}.
1151
1152@kindex show
1153@item show
1154In contrast, @code{show} is for describing the state of _GDBN__ itself.
1155You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
1156related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
1157system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
e251e767 1158which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
70b88761
RP
1159
1160@kindex info set
1161To display all the settable parameters and their current
1162values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
1163@code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display.
1164@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
1165@c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
1166@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
1167@end table
1168@c @end group
1169
1170Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
1171exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
1172
1173@table @code
1174@kindex show version
3d3ab540 1175@cindex version number
70b88761
RP
1176@item show version
1177Show what version of _GDBN__ is running. You should include this
1178information in _GDBN__ bug-reports. If multiple versions of _GDBN__ are
1179in use at your site, you may occasionally want to make sure what version
1180of _GDBN__ you're running; as _GDBN__ evolves, new commands are
1181introduced, and old ones may wither away. The version number is also
1182announced when you start _GDBN__ with no arguments.
1183
1184@kindex show copying
1185@item show copying
1186Display information about permission for copying _GDBN__.
1187
1188@kindex show warranty
1189@item show warranty
1190Display the GNU ``NO WARRANTY'' statement.
1191@end table
1192
1193@node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top
1194@chapter Running Programs Under _GDBN__
1195
1196@menu
b80282d5
RP
1197* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
1198* Starting:: Starting your Program
1199* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
1200* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
1201* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
1202* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
1203* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
1204* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
70b88761
RP
1205@end menu
1206
1207@node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running
1208@section Compiling for Debugging
1209
1210In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
1211debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information
1212is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
1213variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
1214and addresses in the executable code.
1215
1216To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
1217the compiler.
1218
1219Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O}
1220options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
1221executables containing debugging information.
1222
1223The GNU C compiler supports @samp{-g} with or without @samp{-O}, making it
1224possible to debug optimized code. We recommend that you @emph{always} use
1225@samp{-g} whenever you compile a program. You may think the program is
1226correct, but there's no sense in pushing your luck.
1227
1228Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
1229@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in
1230doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
1231please report it as a bug (including a test case!).
1232
1233Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
1234@samp{-gg} for debugging information. _GDBN__ no longer supports this
1235format; if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
1236
1237@ignore
1238@comment As far as I know, there are no cases in which _GDBN__ will
1239@comment produce strange output in this case. (but no promises).
1240If your program includes archives made with the @code{ar} program, and
1241if the object files used as input to @code{ar} were compiled without the
1242@samp{-g} option and have names longer than 15 characters, _GDBN__ will get
1243confused reading the program's symbol table. No error message will be
1244given, but _GDBN__ may behave strangely. The reason for this problem is a
1245deficiency in the Unix archive file format, which cannot represent file
1246names longer than 15 characters.
1247
1248To avoid this problem, compile the archive members with the @samp{-g}
1249option or use shorter file names. Alternatively, use a version of GNU
1250@code{ar} dated more recently than August 1989.
1251@end ignore
1252
1253
1254@node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running
1255@section Starting your Program
1256@cindex starting
1257@cindex running
1258@table @code
1259@item run
1260@itemx r
1261@kindex run
7463aadd
RP
1262Use the @code{run} command to start your program under _GDBN__. You
1263must first specify the program name
e251e767 1264_if__(_VXWORKS__)
7463aadd 1265(except on VxWorks)
70b88761 1266_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
7463aadd 1267with an argument to _GDBN__
70b88761 1268(@pxref{Invocation}), or using the @code{file} or @code{exec-file}
e251e767 1269command (@pxref{Files}).
7463aadd 1270@refill
70b88761
RP
1271@end table
1272
1273On targets that support processes, @code{run} creates an inferior
1274process and makes that process run your program. On other targets,
1275@code{run} jumps to the start of the program.
1276
1277The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
1278receives from its superior. _GDBN__ provides ways to specify this
1279information, which you must do @i{before} starting the program. (You
1280can change it after starting the program, but such changes will only affect
1281the program the next time you start it.) This information may be
1282divided into four categories:
1283
1284@table @asis
1285@item The @i{arguments.}
1286You specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
1287@code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell
1288is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
1289(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in
1290describing the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell
1291is used with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments}.@refill
1292
1293@item The @i{environment.}
1294Your program normally inherits its environment from _GDBN__, but you can
1295use the _GDBN__ commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
1296environment} to change parts of the environment that will be given to
1297the program. @xref{Environment}.@refill
1298
1299@item The @i{working directory.}
1300Your program inherits its working directory from _GDBN__. You can set
1301_GDBN__'s working directory with the @code{cd} command in _GDBN__.
1302@xref{Working Directory}.
1303
1304@item The @i{standard input and output.}
1305Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
1306standard output as _GDBN__ is using. You can redirect input and output
1307in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
1308set a different device for your program.
1309@xref{Input/Output}.
3d3ab540
RP
1310
1311@cindex pipes
1312@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you can't use
1313pipes to pass the output of the program you're debugging to another
1314program; if you attempt this, _GDBN__ is likely to wind up debugging the
1315wrong program.
70b88761
RP
1316@end table
1317
1318When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
1319immediately. @xref{Stopping}, for discussion of how to arrange for your
1320program to stop. Once your program has been started by the @code{run}
1321command (and then stopped), you may evaluate expressions that involve
1322calls to functions in the inferior, using the @code{print} or
1323@code{call} commands. @xref{Data}.
1324
1325If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the last
1326time _GDBN__ read its symbols, _GDBN__ will discard its symbol table and re-read
1327it. In this process, it tries to retain your current breakpoints.
1328
1329@node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running
1330@section Your Program's Arguments
1331
1332@cindex arguments (to your program)
1333The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
1334@code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
1335characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to the program.
1336_GDBN__ uses the shell indicated by your environment variable
1337@code{SHELL} if it exists; otherwise, _GDBN__ uses @code{/bin/sh}.
1338
1339@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
1340@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
1341
1342@kindex set args
1343@table @code
1344@item set args
1345Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If
1346@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} will execute your program
e251e767 1347with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments,
70b88761
RP
1348using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
1349it again without arguments.
1350
1351@item show args
1352@kindex show args
1353Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
1354@end table
1355
1356@node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running
1357@section Your Program's Environment
1358
1359@cindex environment (of your program)
1360The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
1361their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as
1362your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
1363path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with
1364the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When
1365debugging, it can be useful to try running the program with a modified
1366environment without having to start _GDBN__ over again.
1367
1368@table @code
1369@item path @var{directory}
1370@kindex path
1371Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
1372(the search path for executables), for both _GDBN__ and your program.
1373You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or
1374whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to
e251e767 1375the front, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
1376
1377You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
1378working directory at the time _GDBN__ searches the path. If you use
1379@samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
1380@code{path} command. _GDBN__ fills in the current path where needed in
1381the @var{directory} argument, before adding it to the search path.
70b88761
RP
1382@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it's silly to
1383@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
1384
1385@item show paths
1386@kindex show paths
1387Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
1388environment variable).
1389
1390@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
1391@kindex show environment
1392Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
e251e767 1393your program when it starts. If you don't supply @var{varname},
70b88761
RP
1394print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
1395your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
1396
7463aadd 1397@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value}
70b88761
RP
1398@kindex set environment
1399Sets environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value
1400changes for your program only, not for _GDBN__ itself. @var{value} may
1401be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
1402any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value}
1403parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
1404null value.
1405@c "any string" here doesn't include leading, trailing
1406@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
1407
1408For example, this command:
1409
1410@example
1411set env USER = foo
1412@end example
1413
1414@noindent
1415tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
1416@samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
1417are not actually required.)
1418
1419@item unset environment @var{varname}
1420@kindex unset environment
1421Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
1422program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
1423@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
e251e767 1424rather than assigning it an empty value.
70b88761
RP
1425@end table
1426
1427@node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running
1428@section Your Program's Working Directory
1429
1430@cindex working directory (of your program)
1431Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
1432working directory from the current working directory of _GDBN__. _GDBN__'s
1433working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent
1434process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working
1435directory in _GDBN__ with the @code{cd} command.
1436
1437The _GDBN__ working directory also serves as a default for the commands
1438that specify files for _GDBN__ to operate on. @xref{Files}.
1439
1440@table @code
1441@item cd @var{directory}
1442@kindex cd
1443Set _GDBN__'s working directory to @var{directory}.
1444
1445@item pwd
1446@kindex pwd
1447Print _GDBN__'s working directory.
1448@end table
1449
1450@node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running
1451@section Your Program's Input and Output
1452
1453@cindex redirection
1454@cindex i/o
1455@cindex terminal
1456By default, the program you run under _GDBN__ does input and output to
1457the same terminal that _GDBN__ uses. _GDBN__ switches the terminal to
1458its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
1459modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
1460running your program.
1461
1462@table @code
1463@item info terminal
1464@kindex info terminal
1465Displays _GDBN__'s recorded information about the terminal modes your
1466program is using.
1467@end table
1468
1469You can redirect the program's input and/or output using shell
1470redirection with the @code{run} command. For example,
1471
1472_0__@example
1473run > outfile
1474_1__@end example
1475
1476@noindent
1477starts the program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
1478
1479@kindex tty
1480@cindex controlling terminal
1481Another way to specify where the program should do input and output is
1482with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as
1483argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
1484commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
1485process, for future @code{run} commands. For example,
1486
1487@example
1488tty /dev/ttyb
1489@end example
1490
1491@noindent
1492directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
1493default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
1494that as their controlling terminal.
1495
1496An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
1497effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
1498terminal.
1499
1500When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
1501command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input
1502for _GDBN__ still comes from your terminal.
1503
1504@node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running
1505@section Debugging an Already-Running Process
1506@kindex attach
1507@cindex attach
1508
1509@table @code
1510@item attach @var{process-id}
1511This command
1512attaches to a running process---one that was started outside _GDBN__.
1513(@code{info files} will show your active targets.) The command takes as
1514argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of
1515a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l}
e251e767 1516shell command.
70b88761
RP
1517
1518@code{attach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
1519executing the command.
1520@end table
1521
1522To use @code{attach}, you must be debugging in an environment which
1523supports processes. You must also have permission to send the process a
1524signal, and it must have the same effective user ID as the _GDBN__
1525process.
1526
1527When using @code{attach}, you should first use the @code{file} command
1528to specify the program running in the process and load its symbol table.
1529@xref{Files}.
1530
1531The first thing _GDBN__ does after arranging to debug the specified
1532process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process
1533with all the _GDBN__ commands that are ordinarily available when you start
1534processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
1535continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process
1536continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
1537attaching _GDBN__ to the process.
1538
1539@table @code
1540@item detach
1541@kindex detach
1542When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
1543@code{detach} command to release it from _GDBN__'s control. Detaching
1544the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command,
1545that process and _GDBN__ become completely independent once more, and you
1546are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
1547@code{detach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
1548executing the command.
1549@end table
1550
1551If you exit _GDBN__ or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached
1552process, you kill that process. By default, you will be asked for
1553confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control
1554whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command
1555(@pxref{Messages/Warnings}).
1556
1557@node Kill Process, , Attach, Running
1558@c @group
1559@section Killing the Child Process
1560
1561@table @code
1562@item kill
1563@kindex kill
1564Kill the child process in which your program is running under _GDBN__.
1565@end table
1566
1567This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
1568running process. _GDBN__ ignores any core dump file while your program
1569is running.
1570@c @end group
1571
1572On some operating systems, a program can't be executed outside _GDBN__
1573while you have breakpoints set on it inside _GDBN__. You can use the
1574@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running the program
1575outside the debugger.
1576
1577The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
1578relink the program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
1579executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you
1580next type @code{run}, _GDBN__ will notice that the file has changed, and
1581will re-read the symbol table (while trying to preserve your current
1582breakpoint settings).
1583
1584@node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top
1585@chapter Stopping and Continuing
1586
1587The principal purpose of using a debugger is so that you can stop your
1588program before it terminates; or so that, if the program runs into
1589trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
1590
1591Inside _GDBN__, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
1592as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a _GDBN__
1593command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change
1594variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue
1595execution. Usually, the messages shown by _GDBN__ provide ample
1596explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly
1597request this information at any time.
1598
1599@table @code
1600@item info program
1601@kindex info program
1602Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
1603running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
1604@end table
1605
1606@menu
b80282d5
RP
1607* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1608* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
1609* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
1610@end menu
1611
3d3ab540 1612@node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
1613@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1614
1615@cindex breakpoints
1616A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
1617the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add various
1618conditions to control in finer detail whether the program will stop.
1619You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants
1620(@pxref{Set Breaks}), to specify the place where the program should stop
1621by line number, function name or exact address in the program. In
1622languages with exception handling (such as GNU C++), you can also set
1623breakpoints where an exception is raised (@pxref{Exception Handling}).
1624
1625@cindex watchpoints
1626A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program when
1627the value of an expression changes. You must use a different command to
1628set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can
1629manage a watchpoint like any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and
1630delete both breakpoints and watchpoints using the same commands.
1631
1632Each breakpoint or watchpoint is assigned a number when it is created;
1633these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In many of the
1634commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you use the
1635breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change. Each
1636breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has
1637no effect on the program until you enable it again.
1638
1639@menu
b80282d5
RP
1640* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
1641* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
1642* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
1643* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
1644* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
1645* Conditions:: Break Conditions
1646* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
1647* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
e251e767 1648* Error in Breakpoints::
70b88761
RP
1649@end menu
1650
1651@node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints
1652@subsection Setting Breakpoints
1653
1654@kindex break
1655@kindex b
1656Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated @code{b}).
1657
1658You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go.
1659
1660@table @code
1661@item break @var{function}
1662Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source
1663languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C++,
1664@var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break.
1665@xref{Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
1666
1667@item break +@var{offset}
1668@itemx break -@var{offset}
1669Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position
1670at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame.
1671
1672@item break @var{linenum}
1673Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file.
1674That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This
1675breakpoint will stop the program just before it executes any of the
1676code on that line.
1677
1678@item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
1679Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}.
1680
1681@item break @var{filename}:@var{function}
1682Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file
1683@var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is
1684superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named
1685functions.
1686
1687@item break *@var{address}
1688Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set
1689breakpoints in parts of the program which do not have debugging
1690information or source files.
1691
1692@item break
1693When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at the
1694next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
1695(@pxref{Stack}). In any selected frame but the innermost, this will
1696cause the program to stop as soon as control returns to that frame.
1697This is similar to the effect of a @code{finish} command in the frame
1698inside the selected frame---except that @code{finish} doesn't leave an
1699active breakpoint. If you use @code{break} without an argument in the
1700innermost frame, _GDBN__ will stop the next time it reaches the current
1701location; this may be useful inside loops.
1702
1703_GDBN__ normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
1704least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you
1705would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
1706breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
1707existed when the program stopped.
1708
1709@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
1710Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
1711@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
3d3ab540
RP
1712value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
1713@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described above
1714(or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions}, for more
1715information on breakpoint conditions.
70b88761
RP
1716
1717@item tbreak @var{args}
1718@kindex tbreak
1719Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the
1720same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
1721way, but the breakpoint is automatically disabled the first time it
1722is hit. @xref{Disabling}.
1723
1724@item rbreak @var{regex}
1725@kindex rbreak
1726@cindex regular expression
70b88761 1727Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
b80282d5 1728@var{regex}. This command
70b88761
RP
1729sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all
1730breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated
1731just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. They can
1732be deleted, disabled, made conditional, etc., in the standard ways.
1733
b80282d5
RP
1734When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
1735breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
1736classes.
1737
70b88761 1738@kindex info breakpoints
c338a2fd 1739@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
70b88761
RP
1740@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1741@item info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1742Print a list of all breakpoints (but not watchpoints) set and not
1743deleted, showing their numbers, where in the program they are, and any
1744special features in use for them. Disabled breakpoints are included in
1745the list, but marked as disabled. @code{info break} with a breakpoint
1746number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The convenience
1747variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for the @code{x}
1748command are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed
1749(@pxref{Memory}). The equivalent command for watchpoints is @code{info
1750watch}. @end table
1751
1752_GDBN__ allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in the
1753program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When the
1754breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful (@pxref{Conditions}).
1755
1756@node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints
1757@subsection Setting Watchpoints
1758@cindex setting watchpoints
1759You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
e251e767 1760expression changes, without having to predict a particular place
70b88761
RP
1761where this may happen.
1762
1763Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than
1764other breakpoints, but this can well be worth it to catch errors where
1765you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. Some
1766processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint evaluation; future
1767releases of _GDBN__ will use such hardware if it is available.
1768
1769@table @code
e251e767 1770@kindex watch
70b88761
RP
1771@item watch @var{expr}
1772Set a watchpoint for an expression.
1773
1774@kindex info watchpoints
1775@item info watchpoints
1776This command prints a list of watchpoints; it is otherwise similar to
1777@code{info break}.
1778@end table
1779
1780@node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints
1781@subsection Breakpoints and Exceptions
1782@cindex exception handlers
1783
b80282d5
RP
1784Some languages, such as GNU C++, implement exception handling. You can
1785use _GDBN__ to examine what caused the program to raise an exception,
70b88761
RP
1786and to list the exceptions the program is prepared to handle at a
1787given point in time.
1788
1789@table @code
1790@item catch @var{exceptions}
1791@kindex catch
1792You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the
1793@code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions
1794to catch.
1795@end table
1796
1797You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers;
1798@pxref{Frame Info}.
1799
1800There are currently some limitations to exception handling in _GDBN__.
1801These will be corrected in a future release.
1802
1803@itemize @bullet
1804@item
1805If you call a function interactively, _GDBN__ normally returns
1806control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call
1807raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
1808returns control to the user and cause the program to simply continue
1809running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that _GDBN__ is
1810listening for, or exits.
1811@item
1812You cannot raise an exception interactively.
1813@item
1814You cannot interactively install an exception handler.
1815@end itemize
1816
1817@cindex raise exceptions
1818Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
1819if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it's better to
1820stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
1821can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a
1822breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
1823out where the exception was raised.
1824
1825To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
b80282d5 1826knowledge of the implementation. In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
70b88761
RP
1827raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
1828which has the following ANSI C interface:
1829
1830@example
b80282d5 1831 /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
70b88761
RP
1832 ID is the exception identifier. */
1833 void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id});
1834@end example
1835
1836@noindent
1837To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
1838unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
e251e767 1839(@pxref{Breakpoints}).
70b88761
RP
1840
1841With a conditional breakpoint (@xref{Conditions}) that depends on the
1842value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when a specific exception
1843is raised. You can use multiple conditional breakpoints to stop the
1844program when any of a number of exceptions are raised.
1845
1846@node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Exception Handling, Breakpoints
1847@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
1848
1849@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints
1850@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints
1851It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it
1852has done its job and you no longer want the program to stop there. This
1853is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been
1854deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
1855
1856With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
1857where they are in the program. With the @code{delete} command you can
1858delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their
1859breakpoint numbers.
1860
1861It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. _GDBN__
1862automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
1863when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
1864
1865@table @code
1866@item clear
1867@kindex clear
1868Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
1869selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection}). When the innermost frame
1870is selected, this is a good way to delete a breakpoint that the program
1871just stopped at.
1872
1873@item clear @var{function}
1874@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
1875Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}.
1876
1877@item clear @var{linenum}
1878@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
1879Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line.
1880
1881@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
1882@cindex delete breakpoints
1883@kindex delete
1884@kindex d
1885Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as
1886arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (_GDBN__
1887asks confirmation, unless you've @code{set confirm off}). You
1888can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
1889@end table
1890
1891@node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints
1892@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
1893
1894@cindex disabled breakpoints
1895@cindex enabled breakpoints
1896Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to
1897@dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had
1898been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that
1899you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
1900
1901You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the
1902@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or
1903more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or
1904@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you
1905don't know which numbers to use.
1906
1907A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of
1908enablement:
1909
1910@itemize @bullet
1911@item
1912Enabled. The breakpoint will stop the program. A breakpoint set
1913with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
1914@item
1915Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on the program.
1916@item
1917Enabled once. The breakpoint will stop the program, but
1918when it does so it will become disabled. A breakpoint set
1919with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
1920@item
1921Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint will stop the program, but
1922immediately after it does so it will be deleted permanently.
1923@end itemize
1924
1925You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and
1926watchpoints:
1927
1928@table @code
1929@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
1930@kindex disable breakpoints
1931@kindex disable
1932@kindex dis
1933Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
1934listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All
1935options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
1936case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate
1937@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
1938
1939@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
1940@kindex enable breakpoints
1941@kindex enable
1942Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They
1943become effective once again in stopping the program.
1944
1945@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{}
1946Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. Each will be disabled
1947again the next time it stops the program.
1948
1949@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{}
1950Enable the specified breakpoints to work once and then die. Each of
1951the breakpoints will be deleted the next time it stops the program.
1952@end table
1953
1954Save for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks}),
1955breakpoints that you set are initially enabled; subsequently, they become
1956disabled or enabled only when you use one of the commands above. (The
1957command @code{until} can set and delete a breakpoint of its own, but it
1958will not change the state of your other breakpoints;
3d3ab540 1959@pxref{Continuing and Stepping}.)
70b88761
RP
1960
1961@node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints
1962@subsection Break Conditions
1963@cindex conditional breakpoints
1964@cindex breakpoint conditions
1965
1966The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time the program reaches a
1967specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
1968breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
c2bbbb22
RP
1969programming language. (@xref{Expressions}). A breakpoint with a condition
1970evaluates the expression each time the program reaches it, and the
1971program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
3d3ab540
RP
1972
1973This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
1974situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
1975when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
e251e767 1976by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
3d3ab540 1977@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
70b88761
RP
1978
1979Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
1980since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
1981it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
1982and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
e251e767 1983one.
70b88761
RP
1984
1985Break conditions ca have side effects, and may even call functions in
1986your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
1987that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to format
1988special data structures. The effects are completely predictable unless
1989there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In that
1990case, _GDBN__ might see the other breakpoint first and stop the program
1991without checking the condition of this one.) Note that breakpoint
1992commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the purpose of
e251e767 1993performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
c728f1f0 1994(@pxref{Break Commands}).
70b88761
RP
1995
1996Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
1997@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set Breaks}.
1998They can also be changed at any time with the @code{condition} command.
1999The @code{watch} command doesn't recognize the @code{if} keyword;
2000@code{condition} is the only way to impose a further condition on a
e251e767 2001watchpoint.
70b88761 2002
e251e767
RP
2003@table @code
2004@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
2005@kindex condition
70b88761
RP
2006Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or
2007watchpoint number @var{bnum}. From now on, this breakpoint will stop
2008the program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in
2009C). When you use @code{condition}, _GDBN__ checks @var{expression}
2010immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols
2011in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint. _GDBN__ does
2012not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
2013command is given, however. @xref{Expressions}.
2014
2015@item condition @var{bnum}
2016Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes
2017an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
2018@end table
2019
2020@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
2021A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
2022breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so
2023useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
2024count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
2025is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
2026therefore has no effect. But if the program reaches a breakpoint whose
2027ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
2028the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count
2029value is @var{n}, the breakpoint will not stop the next @var{n} times it
2030is reached.
2031
2032@table @code
2033@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
2034@kindex ignore
2035Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
2036The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
2037execution will not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, _GDBN__
2038takes no action.
2039
2040To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
2041a count of zero.
2042
2043@item continue @var{count}
2044@itemx c @var{count}
2045@itemx fg @var{count}
2046@kindex continue @var{count}
2047Continue execution of the program, setting the ignore count of the
2048breakpoint that the program stopped at to @var{count} minus one.
2049Thus, the program will not stop at this breakpoint until the
2050@var{count}'th time it is reached.
2051
2052An argument to this command is meaningful only when the program stopped
2053due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is
2054ignored.
2055
2056The synonym @code{fg} is provided purely for convenience, and has
2057exactly the same behavior as other forms of the command.
2058@end table
2059
2060If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition
2061is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, the condition will
2062be checked.
2063
2064You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a
2065condition such as _0__@w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}}_1__ using a debugger convenience
2066variable that is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars}.
2067
2068@node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints
2069@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
2070
2071@cindex breakpoint commands
2072You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to
2073execute when the program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you
2074might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other
2075breakpoints.
2076
2077@table @code
2078@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
2079@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
2080@itemx end
2081@kindex commands
2082@kindex end
2083Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands
2084themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just
2085@code{end} to terminate the commands.
2086
2087To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} followed
2088immediately by @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
2089
2090With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
2091breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
2092encountered).
2093@end table
2094
2095Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last _GDBN__ command is
2096disabled within a @var{command-list}.
2097
2098You can use breakpoint commands to start the program up again. Simply
2099use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
2100that resumes execution. Subsequent commands in the command list are
2101ignored.
2102
2103@kindex silent
2104If the first command specified is @code{silent}, the usual message about
2105stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for
2106breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue.
2107If the remaining commands too print nothing, you will see no sign that
e251e767 2108the breakpoint was reached at all. @code{silent} is meaningful only
70b88761
RP
2109at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
2110
2111The commands @code{echo} and @code{output} that allow you to print precisely
2112controlled output are often useful in silent breakpoints. @xref{Output}.
2113
2114For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
2115value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
2116
2117_0__@example
2118break foo if x>0
2119commands
2120silent
2121echo x is\040
2122output x
2123echo \n
2124cont
2125end
2126_1__@end example
2127
2128One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
2129you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
2130of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
2131erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
2132to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command
2133so that the program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
2134command so that no output is produced. Here is an example:
2135
2136@example
2137break 403
2138commands
2139silent
2140set x = y + 4
2141cont
2142end
2143@end example
2144
2145@cindex lost output
2146One deficiency in the operation of automatically continuing breakpoints
2147under Unix appears when your program uses raw mode for the terminal.
2148_GDBN__ switches back to its own terminal modes (not raw) before executing
2149commands, and then must switch back to raw mode when your program is
e251e767 2150continued. This causes any pending terminal input to be lost.
70b88761
RP
2151@c FIXME: revisit below when GNU sys avail.
2152@c In the GNU system, this will be fixed by changing the behavior of
2153@c terminal modes.
2154
2155Under Unix, you can get around this problem by writing actions into
2156the breakpoint condition rather than in commands. For example
2157
2158@example
2159condition 5 (x = y + 4), 0
2160@end example
2161
2162@noindent
2163specifies a condition expression (@xref{Expressions}) that will change
2164@code{x} as needed, then always have the value zero so the program will
2165not stop. No input is lost here, because _GDBN__ evaluates break
2166conditions without changing the terminal modes. When you want to have
2167nontrivial conditions for performing the side effects, the operators
2168@samp{&&}, @samp{||} and @samp{?@dots{}:} may be useful.
2169
2170@node Breakpoint Menus, Error in Breakpoints, Break Commands, Breakpoints
2171@subsection Breakpoint Menus
b80282d5 2172@cindex overloading
e251e767 2173@cindex symbol overloading
70b88761
RP
2174
2175Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name
2176to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
2177This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded,
2178@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell _GDBN__ where you
2179want a breakpoint. _GDBN__ offers you a menu of numbered choices for
2180different possible breakpoints, and waits for your selection with the
2181prompt @samp{>}. The first two options are always @samp{[0] cancel}
2182and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} sets a breakpoint at each
2183definition of @var{function}, and typing @kbd{0} aborts the
2184@code{break} command without setting any new breakpoints.
2185
2186For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
e251e767 2187breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
70b88761
RP
2188We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
2189
2190@example
2191(_GDBP__) b String::after
2192[0] cancel
2193[1] all
2194[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
2195[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
2196[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
2197[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
2198[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
2199[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
2200> 2 4 6
2201Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
2202Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
2203Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
2204Multiple breakpoints were set.
2205Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.
e251e767 2206(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
2207@end example
2208
2209
2210@node Error in Breakpoints, , Breakpoint Menus, Breakpoints
2211@subsection ``Cannot Insert Breakpoints''
2212
e251e767 2213@c FIXME: "cannot insert breakpoints" error, v unclear.
70b88761 2214@c Q in pending mail to Gilmore. ---pesch@cygnus.com, 26mar91
e251e767 2215@c some light may be shed by looking at instances of
c338a2fd
RP
2216@c ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT. But error seems possible otherwise
2217@c too. pesch, 20sep91
70b88761
RP
2218Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
2219any other process is running that program. In this situation,
2220attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes _GDBN__
2221to stop the other process.
2222
2223When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
2224
2225@enumerate
2226@item
2227Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
2228
2229@item
2230Suspend _GDBN__, and copy the file containing the program to a new name.
2231Resume _GDBN__ and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that _GDBN__
2232should run the program under that name. Then start the program again.
2233
2234@c FIXME: RMS commented here "Show example". Maybe when someone
2235@c explains the first FIXME: in this section...
2236
2237@item
2238Relink the program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
2239linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply
2240to nonsharable executables.
2241@end enumerate
2242
3d3ab540
RP
2243@node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping
2244@section Continuing and Stepping
70b88761
RP
2245
2246@cindex stepping
7463aadd
RP
2247@cindex continuing
2248@cindex resuming execution
3d3ab540 2249@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
cedaf8bc
RP
2250completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
2251one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
2252line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
2253particular command you use). Either when continuing
2254or when stepping, the program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint
2255or to a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle},
2256or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution; @pxref{Signals}.)
3d3ab540
RP
2257
2258@table @code
2259@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
2260@kindex continue
2261Resume program execution, at the address where the program last stopped;
2262any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument
2263@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
2264ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
2265@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions}).
2266
2267To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
2268(@pxref{Returning}) to go back to the calling function; or @code{jump}
2269(@pxref{Jumping}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
2270
2271@end table
7463aadd
RP
2272
2273A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
70b88761
RP
2274(@pxref{Breakpoints}) at the beginning of the function or the section of
2275the program in which a problem is believed to lie, run the program until
2276it stops at that breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area,
2277examining the variables that are interesting, until you see the problem
2278happen.
2279
2280@table @code
2281@item step
2282@kindex step
2283@kindex s
2284Continue running the program until control reaches a different source
7463aadd 2285line, then stop it and return control to _GDBN__. This command is
70b88761
RP
2286abbreviated @code{s}.
2287
3d3ab540
RP
2288@quotation
2289@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
2290within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
2291execution will proceed until control reaches another function.
2292@end quotation
70b88761
RP
2293
2294@item step @var{count}
2295Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a
2296breakpoint is reached or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
2297@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
2298
7463aadd 2299@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
70b88761
RP
2300@kindex next
2301@kindex n
7463aadd
RP
2302Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
2303Similar to @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the line
2304of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control
2305reaches a different line of code at the stack level which was executing
2306when the @code{next} command was given. This command is abbreviated
2307@code{n}.
70b88761 2308
7463aadd 2309An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
70b88761
RP
2310
2311@code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
2312@code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
2313function are executed without stopping.
2314
2315@item finish
2316@kindex finish
7463aadd
RP
2317Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
2318returns. Print the returned value (if any).
70b88761
RP
2319
2320Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning}).
2321
2322@item until
2323@kindex until
2324@item u
2325@kindex u
2326Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
2327current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single
2328stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next}
2329command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
2330automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
2331than the address of the jump.
2332
2333This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
2334though it, @code{until} will cause the program to continue execution
2335until the loop is exited. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end
2336of a loop will simply step back to the beginning of the loop, which
2337would force you to step through the next iteration.
2338
2339@code{until} always stops the program if it attempts to exit the current
2340stack frame.
2341
2342@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
7463aadd 2343of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For
70b88761
RP
2344example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
2345(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
2346@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
2347
2348@example
2349(_GDBP__) f
2350#0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
b80282d5 2351206 expand_input();
70b88761 2352(_GDBP__) until
b80282d5 2353195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
70b88761
RP
2354@end example
2355
7463aadd
RP
2356This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
2357generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
2358start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
2359written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared
2360to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
2361expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
2362statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
70b88761
RP
2363
2364@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
2365instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
2366argument.
2367
2368@item until @var{location}
2369@item u @var{location}
2370Continue running the program until either the specified location is
7463aadd 2371reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location}
e251e767 2372is any of the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break}
c728f1f0
RP
2373(@pxref{Set Breaks}). This form of the command uses breakpoints, and
2374hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.
70b88761
RP
2375
2376@item stepi
2377@itemx si
2378@kindex stepi
2379@kindex si
2380Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
2381
2382It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
2383instructions. This will cause the next instruction to be executed to
2384be displayed automatically at each stop. @xref{Auto Display}.
2385
2386An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
2387
2388@item nexti
2389@itemx ni
2390@kindex nexti
2391@kindex ni
2392Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
2393proceed until the function returns.
2394
2395An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
70b88761
RP
2396@end table
2397
70b88761 2398
3d3ab540 2399@node Signals, , Continuing and Stepping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
2400@section Signals
2401@cindex signals
2402
2403A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The
2404operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
2405kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
2406signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c});
2407@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
2408memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
2409the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if the program has
2410requested an alarm).
2411
2412@cindex fatal signals
2413Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
2414functioning of the program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
2415errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill the program immediately) if the
2416program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
2417@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in the program, but it is normally
2418fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
2419
2420_GDBN__ has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in the program
2421running under _GDBN__'s control. You can tell _GDBN__ in advance what to do for
2422each kind of signal.
2423
2424@cindex handling signals
2425Normally, _GDBN__ is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM}
2426(so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of the program)
2427but to stop the program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
2428You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
2429
2430@table @code
2431@item info signals
2432@kindex info signals
2433Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how _GDBN__ has been told to
2434handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
2435the defined types of signals.
2436
2437@item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{}
2438@kindex handle
2439Change the way _GDBN__ handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the
2440number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the
2441beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make.
2442@end table
2443
2444@c @group
2445The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
2446Their full names are:
2447
2448@table @code
2449@item nostop
2450_GDBN__ should not stop the program when this signal happens. It may
2451still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
2452
2453@item stop
2454_GDBN__ should stop the program when this signal happens. This implies
2455the @code{print} keyword as well.
2456
2457@item print
2458_GDBN__ should print a message when this signal happens.
2459
2460@item noprint
2461_GDBN__ should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This
2462implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
2463
2464@item pass
2465_GDBN__ should allow the program to see this signal; the program will be
2466able to handle the signal, or may be terminated if the signal is fatal
2467and not handled.
2468
2469@item nopass
2470_GDBN__ should not allow the program to see this signal.
2471@end table
2472@c @end group
2473
2474When a signal has been set to stop the program, the program cannot see the
2475signal until you continue. It will see the signal then, if @code{pass} is
2476in effect for the signal in question @i{at that time}. In other words,
2477after _GDBN__ reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with
2478@code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether that signal will be seen by
2479the program when you later continue it.
2480
2481You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent the program from
2482seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
7463aadd
RP
2483or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if the program stopped
2484due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
2485values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
2486execution; but the program would probably terminate immediately as
2487a result of the fatal signal once it sees the signal. To prevent this,
2488you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling}.
70b88761
RP
2489
2490@node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top
2491@chapter Examining the Stack
2492
2493When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
2494stopped and how it got there.
2495
2496@cindex call stack
2497Each time your program performs a function call, the information about
2498where in the program the call was made from is saved in a block of data
2499called a @dfn{stack frame}. The frame also contains the arguments of the
2500call and the local variables of the function that was called. All the
2501stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
2502stack}.
2503
2504When your program stops, the _GDBN__ commands for examining the stack allow you
2505to see all of this information.
2506
2507@cindex selected frame
2508One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by _GDBN__ and many _GDBN__ commands
2509refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask
2510_GDBN__ for the value of a variable in the program, the value is found in the
2511selected frame. There are special _GDBN__ commands to select whichever frame
2512you are interested in.
2513
2514When the program stops, _GDBN__ automatically selects the currently executing
2515frame and describes it briefly as the @code{frame} command does
c728f1f0 2516(@pxref{Frame Info}).
70b88761
RP
2517
2518@menu
b80282d5
RP
2519* Frames:: Stack Frames
2520* Backtrace:: Backtraces
2521* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
2522* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
2523@end menu
2524
2525@node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack
2526@section Stack Frames
2527
2528@cindex frame
2529@cindex stack frame
2530The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
2531frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
2532with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given
2533to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
2534which the function is executing.
2535
2536@cindex initial frame
2537@cindex outermost frame
2538@cindex innermost frame
2539When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
2540function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
2541@dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is
2542made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
2543is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
2544the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is
2545actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most
2546recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
2547
2548@cindex frame pointer
2549Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A
2550stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
2551kind of computer has a convention for choosing one of those bytes whose
2552address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept
2553in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is
2554going on in that frame.
2555
2556@cindex frame number
2557_GDBN__ assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
2558zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
2559and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program;
2560they are assigned by _GDBN__ to give you a way of designating stack
2561frames in _GDBN__ commands.
2562
2563@cindex frameless execution
2564Some compilers allow functions to be compiled so that they operate
2565without stack frames. (For example, the @code{_GCC__} option
2566@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} will generate functions without a frame.)
2567This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
2568the frame setup time. _GDBN__ has limited facilities for dealing with
2569these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no
2570stack frame, _GDBN__ will nevertheless regard it as though it had a
2571separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct
2572tracing of the function call chain. However, _GDBN__ has no provision
2573for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
2574
2575@node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack
2576@section Backtraces
2577
2578A backtrace is a summary of how the program got where it is. It shows one
2579line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
2580frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
2581stack.
2582
2583@table @code
2584@item backtrace
2585@itemx bt
2586@kindex backtrace
2587@kindex bt
2588Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
2589frames in the stack.
2590
2591You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
2592character, normally @kbd{C-c}.
2593
2594@item backtrace @var{n}
2595@itemx bt @var{n}
2596Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
2597
2598@item backtrace -@var{n}
2599@itemx bt -@var{n}
2600Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
2601@end table
2602
2603@kindex where
2604@kindex info stack
2605@kindex info s
2606The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
2607are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
2608
2609Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
2610The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
2611print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and
2612line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program
2613counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
2614line number.
2615
2616Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command
2617@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
2618
2619@smallexample
2620@group
2621#0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8) at builtin.c:993
2622#1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
2623#2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
2624 at macro.c:71
2625(More stack frames follow...)
2626@end group
2627@end smallexample
2628
2629@noindent
2630The display for frame zero doesn't begin with a program counter
2631value, indicating that the program has stopped at the beginning of the
2632code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
2633
2634@node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack
2635@section Selecting a Frame
2636
2637Most commands for examining the stack and other data in the program work on
2638whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for
2639selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
2640of the stack frame just selected.
2641
2642@table @code
2643@item frame @var{n}
2644@itemx f @var{n}
2645@kindex frame
2646@kindex f
2647Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost
2648(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
2649innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is @code{main}'s
2650frame.
2651
2652@item frame @var{addr}
2653@itemx f @var{addr}
2654Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the
2655chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
2656impossible for _GDBN__ to assign numbers properly to all frames. In
2657addition, this can be useful when the program has multiple stacks and
2658switches between them.
2659
c728f1f0 2660_if__(_SPARC__)
70b88761 2661On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
e251e767 2662select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
70b88761
RP
2663@c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag
2664@c FRAME_SPECIFICATION_DYADIC in the tm-*.h files, currently only used
2665@c by SPARC, hence the specific attribution. Generalize or list all
2666@c possibilities if more supported machines start doing this.
c728f1f0 2667_fi__(_SPARC__)
70b88761
RP
2668
2669@item up @var{n}
2670@kindex up
2671Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2672advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
2673that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one.
2674
2675@item down @var{n}
2676@kindex down
2677@kindex do
2678Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2679advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
2680that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may
2681abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
2682@end table
2683
2684All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
2685frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
2686arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
2687frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. For
2688example:
2689
2690@smallexample
2691(_GDBP__) up
2692#1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc) at env.c:10
269310 read_input_file (argv[i]);
2694@end smallexample
2695
2696After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments will print
2697ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame. @xref{List}.
2698
2699@table @code
2700@item up-silently @var{n}
2701@itemx down-silently @var{n}
2702@kindex down-silently
2703@kindex up-silently
2704These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
2705respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
2706causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use
2707in _GDBN__ command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
e251e767 2708distracting.
70b88761
RP
2709
2710@end table
2711
2712@node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack
2713@section Information About a Frame
2714
2715There are several other commands to print information about the selected
2716stack frame.
2717
2718@table @code
2719@item frame
2720@itemx f
2721When used without any argument, this command does not change which frame
2722is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
2723selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an
2724argument, this command is used to select a stack frame (@pxref{Selection}).
2725
2726@item info frame
2727@kindex info frame
2728@itemx info f
2729@kindex info f
2730This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
2731including the address of the frame, the addresses of the next frame down
c2bbbb22
RP
2732(called by this frame) and the next frame up (caller of this frame), the
2733language that the source code corresponding to this frame was written in,
70b88761
RP
2734the address of the frame's arguments, the program counter saved in it
2735(the address of execution in the caller frame), and which registers
2736were saved in the frame. The verbose description is useful when
2737something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
2738the usual conventions.
2739
2740@item info frame @var{addr}
2741@itemx info f @var{addr}
2742Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr},
2743without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by
2744this command.
2745
2746@item info args
2747@kindex info args
2748Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
2749
2750@item info locals
2751@kindex info locals
2752Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
2753line. These are all variables declared static or automatic within all
2754program blocks that execution in this frame is currently inside of.
2755
2756@item info catch
2757@kindex info catch
2758@cindex catch exceptions
2759@cindex exception handlers
2760Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
2761current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other
2762exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
2763@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
2764@xref{Exception Handling}.
2765@end table
2766
2767@node Source, Data, Stack, Top
2768@chapter Examining Source Files
2769
2770_GDBN__ can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
2771information recorded in your program tells _GDBN__ what source files
2772were used to built it. When your program stops, _GDBN__ spontaneously
2773prints the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack
2774frame (@pxref{Selection}), _GDBN__ prints the line where execution in
2775that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of source files by
2776explicit command.
2777
2778If you use _GDBN__ through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to
2779use Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs}.
2780
2781@menu
b80282d5
RP
2782* List:: Printing Source Lines
2783* Search:: Searching Source Files
2784* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
2785* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
2786@end menu
2787
2788@node List, Search, Source, Source
2789@section Printing Source Lines
2790
2791@kindex list
2792@kindex l
2793To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
2794(abbreviated @code{l}). There are several ways to specify what part
2795of the file you want to print.
2796
2797Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
2798
2799@table @code
2800@item list @var{linenum}
c338a2fd 2801Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
70b88761
RP
2802current source file.
2803
2804@item list @var{function}
c338a2fd 2805Print lines centered around the beginning of function
70b88761
RP
2806@var{function}.
2807
2808@item list
c338a2fd
RP
2809Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a
2810@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
70b88761 2811printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
e251e767 2812as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack}), this prints
70b88761
RP
2813lines centered around that line.
2814
2815@item list -
c338a2fd
RP
2816Print lines just before the lines last printed.
2817@end table
2818
2819By default, _GDBN__ prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
2820the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
2821
2822@table @code
2823@item set listsize @var{count}
2824@kindex set listsize
2825Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
2826the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
2827
2828@item show listsize
2829@kindex show listsize
2830Display the number of lines that @code{list} will currently display by
e251e767 2831default.
70b88761
RP
2832@end table
2833
2834Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
2835so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful
2836than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an
2837argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
2838each repetition moves up in the source file.
2839
2840@cindex linespec
2841In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
2842@dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
2843of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line.
2844Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
2845
2846@table @code
2847@item list @var{linespec}
c338a2fd 2848Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
2849
2850@item list @var{first},@var{last}
2851Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are
2852linespecs.
2853
2854@item list ,@var{last}
c338a2fd 2855Print lines ending with @var{last}.
70b88761
RP
2856
2857@item list @var{first},
c338a2fd 2858Print lines starting with @var{first}.
70b88761
RP
2859
2860@item list +
c338a2fd 2861Print lines just after the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
2862
2863@item list -
c338a2fd 2864Print lines just before the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
2865
2866@item list
2867As described in the preceding table.
2868@end table
2869
2870Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the
2871kinds of linespec.
2872
2873@table @code
2874@item @var{number}
2875Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file.
2876When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to
2877the same source file as the first linespec.
2878
2879@item +@var{offset}
2880Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed.
2881When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has
2882two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the
2883first linespec.
2884
2885@item -@var{offset}
2886Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed.
2887
2888@item @var{filename}:@var{number}
2889Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}.
2890
2891@item @var{function}
2892@c FIXME: "of the open-brace" is C-centric. When we add other langs...
2893Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
2894function @var{function}.
2895
2896@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
2897Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
2898function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the
2899file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are
2900identically named functions in different source files.
2901
2902@item *@var{address}
2903Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}.
2904@var{address} may be any expression.
2905@end table
2906
2907@node Search, Source Path, List, Source
2908@section Searching Source Files
2909@cindex searching
2910@kindex reverse-search
2911
2912There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
2913regular expression.
2914
2915@table @code
2916@item forward-search @var{regexp}
2917@itemx search @var{regexp}
2918@kindex search
2919@kindex forward-search
2920The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
2921with the one following the last line listed, for a match for @var{regexp}.
2922It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate the command name
2923as @code{fo}. The synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} is also supported.
2924
2925@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
2926The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
2927with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
2928for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate
2929this command as @code{rev}.
2930@end table
2931
2932@node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source
2933@section Specifying Source Directories
2934
2935@cindex source path
2936@cindex directories for source files
2937Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
2938files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do,
2939the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
2940session. _GDBN__ has a list of directories to search for source files;
2941this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time _GDBN__ wants a source file,
2942it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
2943in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that
2944the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is
2945the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source
2946path.
2947
2948If _GDBN__ can't find a source file in the source path, and the object
2949program records a directory, _GDBN__ tries that directory too. If the
2950source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation
2951directory, _GDBN__ will, as a last resort, look in the current
2952directory.
2953
2954Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, _GDBN__ will clear out
2955any information it has cached about where source files are found, where
2956each line is in the file, etc.
2957
2958@kindex directory
2959When you start _GDBN__, its source path is empty.
2960To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
2961
2962@table @code
2963@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
2964Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several
2965directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or
2966whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source
e251e767 2967path; this moves it forward, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
2968
2969You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
2970directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
2971working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
2972tracks the current working directory as it changes during your _GDBN__
2973session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
2974directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
70b88761
RP
2975
2976@item directory
2977Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation.
2978
2979@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
2980@c repeating it would be a no-op we don't say that. (thanks to RMS)
2981
2982@item show directories
2983@kindex show directories
2984Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
2985@end table
2986
2987If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
2988interest, _GDBN__ may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
2989versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows:
2990
2991@enumerate
2992@item
2993Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty.
2994
2995@item
2996Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
2997directories you want in the source path. You can add all the
2998directories in one command.
2999@end enumerate
3000
3001@node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source
3002@section Source and Machine Code
3003You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
3004addresses (and viceversa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
3005a range of addresses as machine instructions.
3006
3007@table @code
3008@item info line @var{linespec}
3009@kindex info line
3010Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
3011source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of the
3012ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List}).
3013@end table
3014
3015For example, we can use @code{info line} to inquire on where the object
3016code for the first line of function @code{m4_changequote} lies:
3017@smallexample
3018(_GDBP__) info line m4_changecom
3019Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
3020@end smallexample
3021
3022@noindent
3023We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
3024@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
3025@smallexample
3026(_GDBP__) info line *0x63ff
3027Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
3028@end smallexample
3029
c338a2fd 3030@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
70b88761
RP
3031After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x}
3032command is changed to the starting address of the line, so that
3033@samp{x/i} is sufficient to begin examining the machine code
3034(@pxref{Memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the
3035convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars}).
3036
3037@table @code
3038@kindex disassemble
3039@item disassemble
3040This specialized command is provided to dump a range of memory as
3041machine instructions. The default memory range is the function
3042surrounding the program counter of the selected frame. A single
3043argument to this command is a program counter value; the function
3044surrounding this value will be dumped. Two arguments (separated by one
3045or more spaces) specify a range of addresses (first inclusive, second
e251e767 3046exclusive) to be dumped.
70b88761
RP
3047@end table
3048
3049We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code
3050range shown in the last @code{info line} example:
3051
3052@smallexample
3053(_GDBP__) disas 0x63e4 0x6404
3054Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404:
b80282d5
RP
30550x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>
30560x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0
30570x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0
30580x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>
30590x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0
30600x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0
30610x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search>
e251e767 30620x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop
70b88761 3063End of assembler dump.
e251e767 3064(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
3065
3066@end smallexample
3067
c2bbbb22 3068@node Data, Languages, Source, Top
70b88761
RP
3069@chapter Examining Data
3070
3071@cindex printing data
3072@cindex examining data
3073@kindex print
3074@kindex inspect
3075@c "inspect" isn't quite a synonym if you're using Epoch, which we don't
3076@c document because it's nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a
3077@c different window or something like that.
3078The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
3079command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It
b80282d5 3080evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
c2bbbb22 3081program is written in (@pxref{Languages}). You type
70b88761
RP
3082
3083@example
3084print @var{exp}
3085@end example
3086
3087@noindent
b80282d5 3088where @var{exp} is an expression (in the source language), and
70b88761
RP
3089the value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data
3090type.
3091
3092A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
3093It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
3094specified format. @xref{Memory}.
3095
b80282d5
RP
3096If you're interested in information about types, or about how the fields
3097of a struct or class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
3098command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols}.
3099
70b88761 3100@menu
b80282d5
RP
3101* Expressions:: Expressions
3102* Variables:: Program Variables
3103* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
3104* Output formats:: Output formats
3105* Memory:: Examining Memory
3106* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
3107* Print Settings:: Print Settings
3108* Value History:: Value History
3109* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
3110* Registers:: Registers
3111* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761
RP
3112@end menu
3113
3114@node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data
3115@section Expressions
3116
3117@cindex expressions
3118@code{print} and many other _GDBN__ commands accept an expression and
3119compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
3120by the programming language you are using is legal in an expression in
3121_GDBN__. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts
3122and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined
b80282d5 3123by preprocessor @code{#define} commands.
70b88761 3124
c2bbbb22
RP
3125Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
3126this manual are in C. @xref{Languages,, Using _GDBN__ with Different
3127Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
e251e767 3128languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
3129
3130In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in _GDBN__
e251e767 3131expressions regardless of your programming language.
c2bbbb22 3132
70b88761
RP
3133Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
3134useful to cast a number into a pointer so as to examine a structure
3135at that address in memory.
c2bbbb22 3136@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
70b88761 3137
c2bbbb22 3138_GDBN__ supports these operators in addition to those of programming
70b88761
RP
3139languages:
3140
3141@table @code
3142@item @@
3143@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
3144@xref{Arrays}, for more information.
3145
3146@item ::
3147@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
3148function where it is defined. @xref{Variables}.
3149
3150@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
3151Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
3152memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
3153pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
3154a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
3155normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.@refill
3156@end table
3157
3158@node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data
3159@section Program Variables
3160
3161The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
3162in your program.
3163
3164Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
3165(@pxref{Selection}); they must either be global (or static) or be visible
3166according to the scope rules of the programming language from the point of
3167execution in that frame. This means that in the function
3168
3169@example
3170foo (a)
3171 int a;
3172@{
3173 bar (a);
3174 @{
3175 int b = test ();
3176 bar (b);
3177 @}
3178@}
3179@end example
3180
3181@noindent
3182the variable @code{a} is usable whenever the program is executing
3183within the function @code{foo}, but the variable @code{b} is visible
3184only while the program is executing inside the block in which @code{b}
3185is declared.
3186
3187@cindex variable name conflict
3188There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
3189scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
3190in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
3191function with the same name (in different source files). If that happens,
3192referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish, you can
3193specify a variable in a particular file, using the colon-colon notation:
3194
3195@cindex colon-colon
3196@kindex ::
3197@example
3198@var{file}::@var{variable}
3199@end example
3200
3201@noindent
3202Here @var{file} is the name of the source file whose variable you want.
3203
c2bbbb22 3204@cindex C++ scope resolution
70b88761
RP
3205This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
3206use of the same notation in C++. _GDBN__ also supports use of the C++
c2bbbb22 3207scope resolution operator in _GDBN__ expressions.
70b88761 3208
3d3ab540
RP
3209@cindex wrong values
3210@cindex variable values, wrong
3211@quotation
3212@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
3213wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to the
3214function, and just before exit. You may see this problem when you're
3215stepping by machine instructions. This is because on most machines, it
3216takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local
3217variable definitions); if you're stepping by machine instructions,
3218variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is
3219completely built. On function exit, it usually also takes more than one
3220machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping
3221through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be
3222gone.
3223@end quotation
3224
70b88761
RP
3225@node Arrays, Output formats, Variables, Data
3226@section Artificial Arrays
3227
3228@cindex artificial array
3229@kindex @@
3230It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
3231same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
3232dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
3233program.
3234
3235This can be done by constructing an @dfn{artificial array} with the
3236binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be
3237the first element of the desired array, as an individual object.
3238The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is
3239an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument.
3240The first element is actually the left argument; the second element
3241comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the
3242first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says
3243
3244@example
3245int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
3246@end example
3247
3248@noindent
3249you can print the contents of @code{array} with
3250
3251@example
3252p *array@@len
3253@end example
3254
3255The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made
3256with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
3257subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
3258Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
3259(@pxref{Value History}), after printing one out.)
3260
3d3ab540
RP
3261Sometimes the artificial array mechanism isn't quite enough; in
3262moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
3263actually be adjacent---for example, if you're interested in the values
3264of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is to
3265use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars}) as a counter in an
3266expression that prints the first interesting value, and then repeat that
3267expression via @key{RET}. For instance, suppose you have an array
3268@code{dtab} of pointers to structures, and you're interested in the
3269values of a field @code{fv} in each structure. Here's an example of
3270what you might type:
3271@example
3272set $i = 0
3273p dtab[$i++]->fv
3274@key{RET}
3275@key{RET}
3276@dots{}
3277@end example
3278
70b88761
RP
3279@node Output formats, Memory, Arrays, Data
3280@section Output formats
3281
3282@cindex formatted output
3283@cindex output formats
3284By default, _GDBN__ prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes
3285this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number
3286in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory
3287at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do
3288these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
3289
3290The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
3291already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the
3292@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format
3293letters supported are:
3294
3295@table @code
3296@item x
3297Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
3298hexadecimal.
3299
3300@item d
3301Print as integer in signed decimal.
3302
3303@item u
3304Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
3305
3306@item o
3307Print as integer in octal.
3308
3309@item t
3310Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
3311
3312@item a
3313Print as an address, both absolute in hex and as an offset from the
3314nearest preceding symbol. This format can be used to discover where (in
3315what function) an unknown address is located:
3316@example
3317(_GDBP__) p/a 0x54320
3318_0__$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>_1__
3319@end example
3320
3321
3322@item c
3323Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.
3324
3325@item f
3326Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
3327using typical floating point syntax.
3328@end table
3329
3330For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
3331
3332@example
3333p/x $pc
3334@end example
3335
3336@noindent
3337Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
3338names in _GDBN__ cannot contain a slash.
3339
3340To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
3341you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
3342expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
3343
3344@node Memory, Auto Display, Output formats, Data
3345@section Examining Memory
3346
3347@cindex examining memory
3348@table @code
3349@kindex x
cedaf8bc
RP
3350@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
3351@itemx x @var{addr}
3352@itemx x
3353You can use the command @code{x} (for `examine') to examine memory in
3354any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
3355@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters to specify how
3356much memory to display, and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
3357expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
3358If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
3359Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
70b88761
RP
3360@end table
3361
cedaf8bc
RP
3362@var{n}, the repeat count, is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It
3363specifies how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
3364@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
3365@c 4.1.2.
70b88761 3366
cedaf8bc
RP
3367@var{f}, the display format, is one of the formats used by @code{print},
3368or @samp{s} (null-terminated string) or @samp{i} (machine instruction).
3369The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially, or the format from the
3370last time you used either @code{x} or @code{print}.
70b88761 3371
cedaf8bc 3372@var{u}, the unit size, is any of
70b88761
RP
3373@table @code
3374@item b
cedaf8bc 3375Bytes.
70b88761 3376@item h
cedaf8bc 3377Halfwords (two bytes).
70b88761 3378@item w
cedaf8bc 3379Words (four bytes). This is the initial default.
70b88761 3380@item g
cedaf8bc 3381Giant words (eight bytes).
70b88761
RP
3382@end table
3383
70b88761 3384@noindent
cedaf8bc
RP
3385Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
3386default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and
3387@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
3388
3389@var{addr} is the address where you want _GDBN__ to begin displaying
3390memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
3391it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
3392@xref{Expressions} for more information on expressions. The default for
3393@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
3394other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
3395the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
3396starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
3397a value from memory).
70b88761 3398
cedaf8bc
RP
3399For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
3400(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
3401starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
3402words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
3403@pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
70b88761 3404
cedaf8bc
RP
3405Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
3406letters specifying output formats, you don't have to remember whether
3407unit size or format comes first; either order will work. The output
3408specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
3409(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} will not work.)
3410
3411Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
3412and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
3413@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
3414including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an
3415alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine
3416Code}.
3417
3418All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
3419easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
3420you use @code{x}. For example, after you've inspected three machine
3421instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
3422with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
3423the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
3424for successive uses of @code{x}.
70b88761 3425
c338a2fd 3426@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
cedaf8bc 3427The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
70b88761
RP
3428in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
3429would get in the way. Instead, _GDBN__ makes these values available for
3430subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
3431@code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address
3432examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
3433@code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
3434the convenience variable @code{$__}.
3435
3436If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
3437are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
3438address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
3439
3440@node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data
3441@section Automatic Display
3442@cindex automatic display
3443@cindex display of expressions
3444
3445If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
3446(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
3447display list} so that _GDBN__ will print its value each time the program stops.
3448Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
3449to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
3450The automatic display looks like this:
3451
3452@example
34532: foo = 38
34543: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
3455@end example
3456
3457@noindent
3458showing item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with
3459displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
3460specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
3461whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your
3462format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size,
3463or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only
3464supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
3465
3466@table @code
3467@item display @var{exp}
3468@kindex display
3469Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display
3470each time the program stops. @xref{Expressions}.
3471
3472@code{display} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
3473
3474@item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp}
3475For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
3476count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but
3477arranges to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
3478@xref{Output formats}.
3479
3480@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
3481For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
3482number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
3483be examined each time the program stops. Examining means in effect
3484doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory}.
3485@end table
3486
3487For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
3488instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
3489is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}).
3490
3491@table @code
3492@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
3493@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3494@kindex delete display
3495@kindex undisplay
3496Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
3497
3498@code{undisplay} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
3499(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
3500
3501@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3502@kindex disable display
3503Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display
3504item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be
3505enabled again later.
3506
3507@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3508@kindex enable display
3509Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once
3510again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
3511
3512@item display
3513Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
3514done when the program stops.
3515
3516@item info display
3517@kindex info display
3518Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
3519automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
3520values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
3521It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
3522because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
3523@end table
3524
3525If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
3526sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an
3527expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
3528variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command
3529@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
3530@code{last_char}, then this argument will be displayed while the program
3531continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where
3532there is no variable @code{last_char}---display is disabled. The next time
3533your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the
3534display expression once again.
3535
3536@node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data
3537@section Print Settings
3538
3539@cindex format options
3540@cindex print settings
3541_GDBN__ provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
e251e767 3542and symbols are printed.
70b88761
RP
3543
3544@noindent
3545These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
3546
3547@table @code
3548@item set print address
3549@item set print address on
3550@kindex set print address
3551_GDBN__ will print memory addresses showing the location of stack
3552traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
3553even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default
3554is on. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like, with
3555@code{set print address on}:
3556@smallexample
3557(_GDBP__) f
e251e767 3558#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
70b88761 3559 at input.c:530
b80282d5 3560530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
70b88761
RP
3561@end smallexample
3562
3563@item set print address off
3564Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example,
3565this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
3566@example
3567(_GDBP__) set print addr off
3568(_GDBP__) f
3569#0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
b80282d5 3570530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
70b88761
RP
3571@end example
3572
3573@item show print address
3574@kindex show print address
3575Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
3576
3577@item set print array
3578@itemx set print array on
3579@kindex set print array
3580_GDBN__ will pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read,
3581but uses more space. The default is off.
3582
3583@item set print array off.
3584Return to compressed format for arrays.
3585
3586@item show print array
3587@kindex show print array
3588Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
e251e767 3589arrays.
70b88761
RP
3590
3591@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
3592@kindex set print elements
3593If _GDBN__ is printing a large array, it will stop printing after it has
3594printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
3595This limit also applies to the display of strings.
3596
3597@item show print elements
3598@kindex show print elements
3599Display the number of elements of a large array that _GDBN__ will print
3600before losing patience.
3601
3602@item set print pretty on
3603@kindex set print pretty
3604Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in an indented format with one member per
3605line, like this:
3606
3607@example
3608$1 = @{
3609 next = 0x0,
3610 flags = @{
3611 sweet = 1,
3612 sour = 1
3613 @},
3614 meat = 0x54 "Pork"
3615@}
3616@end example
3617
3618@item set print pretty off
3619Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in a compact format, like this:
3620
3621@smallexample
3622$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, meat \
3623= 0x54 "Pork"@}
3624@end smallexample
3625
3626@noindent
3627This is the default format.
3628
3629@item show print pretty
3630@kindex show print pretty
3631Show which format _GDBN__ will use to print structures.
3632
3633@item set print sevenbit-strings on
f2857bd9 3634@kindex set print sevenbit-strings
e251e767 3635Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
70b88761
RP
3636_GDBN__ will display any eight-bit characters (in strings or character
3637values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. For example, @kbd{M-a} is
3638displayed as @code{\341}.
3639
3640@item set print sevenbit-strings off
3641Print using either seven-bit or eight-bit characters, as required. This
3642is the default.
3643
3644@item show print sevenbit-strings
f2857bd9 3645@kindex show print sevenbit-strings
70b88761
RP
3646Show whether or not _GDBN__ will print only seven-bit characters.
3647
3648@item set print union on
3649@kindex set print union
3650Tell _GDBN__ to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the
3651default setting.
3652
3653@item set print union off
3654Tell _GDBN__ not to print unions which are contained in structures.
3655
3656@item show print union
3657@kindex show print union
3658Ask _GDBN__ whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
e251e767 3659structures.
70b88761
RP
3660
3661For example, given the declarations
3662
3663@smallexample
3664typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
3665typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
3666typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@} Bug_forms;
3667
3668struct thing @{
3669 Species it;
3670 union @{
3671 Tree_forms tree;
3672 Bug_forms bug;
3673 @} form;
3674@};
3675
3676struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
3677@end smallexample
3678
3679@noindent
3680with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
3681
3682@smallexample
3683$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
3684@end smallexample
3685
3686@noindent
3687and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
3688
3689@smallexample
3690$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
3691@end smallexample
3692@end table
3693
3694@noindent
3695These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
3696
3697@table @code
e251e767
RP
3698@item set print demangle
3699@itemx set print demangle on
70b88761
RP
3700@kindex set print demangle
3701Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the mangled form
3702in which they are passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage.
3703The default is on.
3704
3705@item show print demangle
3706@kindex show print demangle
3707Show whether C++ names will be printed in mangled or demangled form.
3708
e251e767
RP
3709@item set print asm-demangle
3710@itemx set print asm-demangle on
70b88761
RP
3711@kindex set print asm-demangle
3712Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
3713in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
3714The default is off.
3715
3716@item show print asm-demangle
3717@kindex show print asm-demangle
3718Show whether C++ names in assembly listings will be printed in mangled
3719or demangled form.
3720
3721@item set print object
3722@itemx set print object on
3723@kindex set print object
3724When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
3725(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
3726the virtual function table.
3727
3728@item set print object off
3729Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
3730virtual function table. This is the default setting.
3731
3732@item show print object
3733@kindex show print object
3734Show whether actual, or declared, object types will be displayed.
3735
e251e767
RP
3736@item set print vtbl
3737@itemx set print vtbl on
70b88761
RP
3738@kindex set print vtbl
3739Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off.
3740
3741@item set print vtbl off
3742Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
3743
3744@item show print vtbl
3745@kindex show print vtbl
3746Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
3747
3748@end table
3749
3750@node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data
3751@section Value History
3752
3753@cindex value history
3754Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in _GDBN__'s @dfn{value
3755history} so that you can refer to them in other expressions. Values are
3756kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with
3757the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table
3758changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain
3759pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
3760
3761@cindex @code{$}
3762@cindex @code{$$}
3763@cindex history number
3764The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} for you to refer to them
3765by. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you
3766the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = }
3767before the value; here @var{num} is the history number.
3768
3769To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
3770history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
3771remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
3772the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
3773@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
3774is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
3775@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
3776
3777For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
3778want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type
3779
3780@example
3781p *$
3782@end example
3783
3784If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
3785to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
3786
3787@example
3788p *$.next
3789@end example
3790
3791@noindent
3792You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
3793command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
3794
3795Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of
3796@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
3797
3798@example
3799print x
3800set x=5
3801@end example
3802
3803@noindent
3804then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
3805remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
3806
3807@table @code
3808@kindex show values
3809@item show values
3810Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
3811This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
3812values} does not change the history.
3813
3814@item show values @var{n}
3815Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
3816
3817@item show values +
3818Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more
3819values are available, produces no display.
3820@end table
3821
3822Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
e251e767 3823same effect as @samp{show values +}.
70b88761
RP
3824
3825@node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data
3826@section Convenience Variables
3827
3828@cindex convenience variables
3829_GDBN__ provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
3830_GDBN__ to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables
3831exist entirely within _GDBN__; they are not part of your program, and
3832setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
3833of your program. That's why you can use them freely.
3834
3835Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by
3836@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
3837the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}).
3838(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
3839by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History}.)
3840
3841You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
3842expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. Example:
3843
3844@example
3845set $foo = *object_ptr
3846@end example
3847
3848@noindent
3849would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
3850@code{object_ptr}.
3851
3852Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it; but its value
3853is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with
3854another assignment at any time.
3855
3856Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience
3857variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
3858that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience
3859variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
3860
3861@table @code
3862@item show convenience
3863@kindex show convenience
3864Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
3865Abbreviated @code{show con}.
3866@end table
3867
3868One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
3869incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print
3870a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
3871
3872_0__@example
3873set $i = 0
3874print bar[$i++]->contents
3875@i{@dots{} repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.}
3876_1__@end example
3877
3878Some convenience variables are created automatically by _GDBN__ and given
3879values likely to be useful.
3880
3881@table @code
3882@item $_
c338a2fd 3883@kindex $_
70b88761
RP
3884The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
3885the last address examined (@pxref{Memory}). Other commands which
3886provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also set @code{$_}
3887to that address; these commands include @code{info line} and @code{info
c338a2fd 3888breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *} except when set by the
c2bbbb22 3889@code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer to the type of @code{$__}.
70b88761
RP
3890
3891@item $__
c338a2fd 3892@kindex $__
70b88761 3893The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
c2bbbb22
RP
3894to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen
3895to match the format in which the data was printed.
70b88761
RP
3896@end table
3897
3898@node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data
3899@section Registers
3900
3901@cindex registers
b80282d5 3902You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
70b88761
RP
3903with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different
3904for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
e251e767 3905your machine.
70b88761
RP
3906
3907@table @code
3908@item info registers
3909@kindex info registers
b80282d5
RP
3910Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
3911registers (in the selected stack frame).
3912
3913@item info all-registers
3914@kindex info all-registers
3915@cindex floating point registers
3916Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
3917registers.
70b88761
RP
3918
3919@item info registers @var{regname}
3920Print the relativized value of register @var{regname}. @var{regname}
3921may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with
3922or without the initial @samp{$}.
3923@end table
3924
3925The register names @code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used on most machines
3926for the program counter register and the stack pointer. For example,
3927you could print the program counter in hex with
3928@example
3929p/x $pc
3930@end example
3931
3932@noindent
3933or print the instruction to be executed next with
3934@example
3935x/i $pc
3936@end example
3937
3938@noindent
3939or add four to the stack pointer with
3940@example
3941set $sp += 4
3942@end example
3943
3944@noindent
3945The last is a way of removing one word from the stack, on machines where
3946stacks grow downward in memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes
3947that the innermost stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is
3948not allowed when other stack frames are selected. (To pop entire frames
3949off the stack, regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
3950@pxref{Returning}.)
3951
3952Often @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a pointer to the
3953current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is sometimes used for a register
3954that contains the processor status. These standard register names may
3955be available on your machine even though the @code{info registers}
3956command shows other names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
3957registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
3958can also refer to it as @code{$ps}.
3959
3960_GDBN__ always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
3961integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have
3962special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
3963registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way
3964to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
3965(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
3966@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
3967
3968Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This
3969means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
3970the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
3971sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
3972coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
3973programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such
3974cases, _GDBN__ normally works with the virtual format only (the format that
3975makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
3976prints the data in both formats.
3977
3978Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
3979(@pxref{Selection}). This means that you get the value that the
3980register would contain if all stack frames farther in were exited and
3981their saved registers restored. In order to see the true contents of
3982hardware registers, you must select the innermost frame (with
3983@samp{frame 0}).
3984
3985However, _GDBN__ must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
3986code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if
3987_GDBN__ is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
3988frame will make no difference.
3989
3990@node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data
3991@section Floating Point Hardware
3992@cindex floating point
3993Depending on the host machine architecture, _GDBN__ may be able to give
3994you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
3995
3996@table @code
3997@item info float
3998@kindex info float
3999If available, provides hardware-dependent information about the floating
4000point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
4001floating point chip.
4002@end table
4003@c FIXME: this is a cop-out. Try to get examples, explanations. Only
e251e767
RP
4004@c FIXME...supported currently on arm's and 386's. Mark properly with
4005@c FIXME... m4 macros to isolate general statements from hardware-dep,
70b88761
RP
4006@c FIXME... at that point.
4007
c2bbbb22
RP
4008@node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top
4009@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
4010@cindex languages
4011
4012Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
4013rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C,
4014dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
4015Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be
4016represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C are written
4017like @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
4018
4019@cindex working language
4020Language-specific information is built into _GDBN__ for some languages,
4021allowing you to express operations like the above in the program's
4022native language, and allowing _GDBN__ to output values in a manner
4023consistent with the syntax of the program's native language. The
4024language you use to build expressions, called the @dfn{working
4025language}, can be selected manually, or _GDBN__ can set it
4026automatically.
4027
4028@menu
4029* Setting:: Switching between source languages
4030* Show:: Displaying the language
4031* Checks:: Type and Range checks
4032* Support:: Supported languages
4033@end menu
4034
4035@node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages
4036@section Switching between source languages
4037
4038There are two ways to control the working language---either have _GDBN__
4039set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the
4040@code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, _GDBN__
4041defaults to setting the language automatically.
4042
4043@menu
4044* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
4045* Automatically:: Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4046@end menu
4047
4048@node Manually, Automatically, Setting, Setting
4049@subsection Setting the working language
4050
4051@kindex set language
4052To set the language, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}},
c338a2fd
RP
4053where @var{lang} is the name of a language: @code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
4054For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4055
4056Setting the language manually prevents _GDBN__ from updating the working
4057language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try
4058to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
4059source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
4060languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current
4061source file were written in C, and _GDBN__ was parsing Modula-2, a
4062command such as:
4063
4064@example
4065print a = b + c
4066@end example
4067
4068@noindent
4069might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add
4070@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result
4071printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare
4072@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
4073
4074If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then
4075you can count on expressions evaluating the same way in your debugging
4076session and in your program.
4077
4078@node Automatically, , Manually, Setting
4079@subsection Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4080
4081To have _GDBN__ set the working language automatically, use @samp{set
4082language local} or @samp{set language auto}. _GDBN__ then infers the
4083language that a program was written in by looking at the name of its
4084source files, and examining their extensions:
4085
4086@table @file
4087@item *.mod
4088Modula-2 source file
4089
4090@item *.c
4091@itemx *.cc
4092C or C++ source file.
4093@end table
4094
4095This information is recorded for each function or procedure in a source
4096file. When your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a
4097breakpoint), _GDBN__ sets the working language to the language recorded
4098for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown
4099(that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was
4100defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the
4101current working language is not changed, and _GDBN__ issues a warning.
4102
4103This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
4104entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries
4105written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
4106a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this
4107case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
4108
4109@node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages
4110@section Displaying the language
4111
4112The following commands will help you find out which language is the
4113working language, and also what language source files were written in.
4114
4115@kindex show language
4116@kindex info frame
4117@kindex info source
4118@table @code
4119@item show language
4120Display the current working language. This is the
4121language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
4122build and compute expressions that may involve variables in the program.
4123
4124@item info frame
4125Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Frame Info,,Information
4126about a Frame}) is the source language for this frame. This is the
4127language that will become the working language if you ever use an
4128identifier that is in this frame.
4129
4130@item info source
4131Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Symbols,,Examining the
4132Symbol Table}) is the source language of this source file.
4133
4134@end table
4135
4136@node Checks, Support, Show, Languages
4137@section Type and range Checking
4138
4139@quotation
4140@emph{Warning:} In this release, the _GDBN__ commands for type and range
4141checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This
4142section documents the intended facilities.
4143@end quotation
4144@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
4145
4146Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
4147errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include
4148checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
4149sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as
4150these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
4151by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
4152errors when the program is running.
4153
4154_GDBN__ can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
4155Although _GDBN__ will not check the statements in your program, it
4156can check expressions entered directly into _GDBN__ for evaluation via
4157the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language,
4158_GDBN__ can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on
4159the source language of the program being debugged.
4160@xref{Support,,Supported Languages}, for the default settings
4161of supported languages.
4162
4163@menu
4164* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
4165* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
4166@end menu
4167
4168@cindex type checking
4169@cindex checks, type
4170@node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks
4171@subsection An overview of type checking
4172
4173Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
4174arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
4175otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch
4176errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example,
4177
4178@example
41791 + 2 @result{} 3
4180@error{} 1 + 2.3
4181@end example
4182
4183The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
4184type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
4185
4186For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell the _GDBN__
4187type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and
4188abandon the expression; or only issue warnings when type mismatches
4189occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of
4190these, _GDBN__ evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
4191also issues a warning.
4192
4193Even though you may turn type checking off, other type-based reasons may
4194prevent _GDBN__ from evaluating an expression. For instance, _GDBN__ does not
4195know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular
4196type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually
4197arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make
4198little sense to evaluate anyway.
4199
4200Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For
4201instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
4202operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
4203represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
4204operators. @xref{Support,,Supported Languages}, for futher
4205details on specific languages.
4206
4207_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
4208
4209@kindex set check
4210@kindex set check type
4211@kindex show check type
4212@table @code
4213@item set check type auto
e251e767
RP
4214Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
4215@xref{Support,,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4216each language.
4217
4218@item set check type on
4219@itemx set check type off
4220Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4221current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not
4222match the language's default. If any type mismatches occur in
4223evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, _GDBN__ prints a
4224message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
4225
4226@item set check type warn
4227Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
4228evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still
4229be impossible for other reasons. For example, _GDBN__ cannot add
4230numbers and structures.
4231
4232@item show type
e251e767 4233Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not _GDBN__ is
c2bbbb22
RP
4234setting it automatically.
4235@end table
4236
4237@cindex range checking
4238@cindex checks, range
4239@node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks
4240@subsection An overview of Range Checking
4241
4242In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
4243bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range
4244checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
4245computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
4246not exceed the bounds of the array.
4247
4248For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell _GDBN__ to
4249ignore range errors; to always treat them as errors and abandon the
4250expression; or to issue warnings when a range error occurs but evaluate
4251the expression anyway.
4252
4253A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
4254array index bound, or when you type in a constant that is not a member
4255of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
4256error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
4257result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
4258the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
4259@example
4260@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
4261@end example
4262
4263This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
4264specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support,,
4265Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
4266
4267_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
4268
4269@kindex set check
4270@kindex set check range
4271@kindex show check range
4272@table @code
4273@item set check range auto
e251e767
RP
4274Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
4275@xref{Support,,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4276each language.
4277
4278@item set check range on
4279@itemx set check range off
4280Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4281current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not
4282match the language's default. If a range error occurs, then a message
4283is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
4284
4285@item set check range warn
4286Output messages when the _GDBN__ range checker detects a range error,
4287but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the
4288expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
4289memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many UNIX
4290systems).
4291
4292@item show range
e251e767 4293Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
c2bbbb22
RP
4294being set automatically by _GDBN__.
4295@end table
4296
4297@node Support, , Checks, Languages
4298@section Supported Languages
4299
3e0d0a27 4300_GDBN__ _GDB_VN__ supports C, C++, and Modula-2. The syntax for C and C++ is
c2bbbb22
RP
4301so closely related that _GDBN__ does not distinguish the two. Some
4302_GDBN__ features may be used in expressions regardless of the language
4303you use: the _GDBN__ @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the
4304@samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions}) can be used with the constructs of
4305any of the supported languages.
4306
4307The following sections detail to what degree each of these
4308source languages is supported by _GDBN__. These sections are
4309not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a
4310reference guide to what the _GDBN__ expression parser will accept, and
4311what input and output formats should look like for different languages.
4312There are many good books written on each of these languages; please
4313look to these for a language reference or tutorial.
4314
4315@menu
4316* C:: C and C++
4317* Modula-2:: Modula-2
4318@end menu
4319
4320@node C, Modula-2, Support, Support
4321@subsection C and C++
4322@cindex C and C++
4323
4324@cindex expressions in C or C++
4325Since C and C++ are so closely related, _GDBN__ does not distinguish
4326between them when interpreting the expressions recognized in _GDBN__
e251e767 4327commands.
b80282d5
RP
4328
4329@cindex C++
4330@kindex g++
4331@cindex GNU C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4332The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the GNU C++
4333compiler and _GDBN__. Therefore, to debug your C++ code effectively,
4334you must compile your C++ programs with the GNU C++ compiler,
4335@code{g++}.
4336
b80282d5
RP
4337
4338@menu
c2bbbb22
RP
4339* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
4340* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
4341* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
4342* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
4343* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4344* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
4345* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
b80282d5
RP
4346@end menu
4347
c2bbbb22
RP
4348@cindex C and C++ operators
4349@node C Operators, C Constants, C, C
4350@subsubsection C and C++ Operators
4351
4352Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
4353@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
4354often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C++, the
4355following definitions hold:
4356
4357@itemize @bullet
e251e767 4358@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4359@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
4360specifiers, @code{char}, and @code{enum}s.
4361
4362@item
4363@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}.
4364
4365@item
4366@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type}
4367*)}.
4368
e251e767 4369@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4370@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
4371
4372@end itemize
4373
4374@noindent
4375The following operators are supported. They are listed here
4376in order of increasing precedence:
4377
4378@table @code
4379_0__
4380@item ,
4381The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list
4382are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
4383expression being the last expression evaluated.
4384
4385@item =
4386Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value
4387assigned. Defined on scalar types.
4388
4389@item @var{op}=
4390Used in an expression of the form @var{a} @var{op}@code{=} @var{b}, and
4391translated to @var{a} @code{=} @var{a op b}. @var{op}@code{=} and
4392@code{=} have the same precendence. @var{op} is any one of the
4393operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&}, @code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+},
4394@code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
4395
4396@item ?:
4397The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
4398of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an
4399integral type.
4400
4401@item ||
4402Logical OR. Defined on integral types.
4403
4404@item &&
4405Logical AND. Defined on integral types.
4406
4407@item |
4408Bitwise OR. Defined on integral types.
4409
4410@item ^
4411Bitwise exclusive-OR. Defined on integral types.
4412
4413@item &
4414Bitwise AND. Defined on integral types.
4415
4416@item ==@r{, }!=
4417Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these
4418expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
4419
4420@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
4421Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
4422Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false
4423and non-zero for true.
4424
4425@item <<@r{, }>>
4426left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types.
4427
e251e767 4428@item @@
c2bbbb22
RP
4429The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions}).
4430
4431@item +@r{, }-
4432Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
e251e767 4433pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4434
4435@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
4436Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are
4437defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on
4438integral types.
4439
4440@item ++@r{, }--
4441Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the
4442operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
4443when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
4444operation takes place.
4445
4446@item *
4447Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as
4448@code{++}.
4449
4450@item &
4451Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}.
4452
4453@item -
4454Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same
4455precedence as @code{++}.
4456
4457@item !
4458Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4459@code{++}.
4460
4461@item ~
4462Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4463@code{++}.
4464
4465@item .@r{, }->
4466Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience,
4467_GDBN__ regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
e251e767 4468pointer based on the stored type information.
c2bbbb22
RP
4469Defined on @code{struct}s and @code{union}s.
4470
4471@item []
4472Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
4473@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4474
4475@item ()
4476Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4477
4478@item ::
4479C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on
4480@code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types.
4481
4482@item ::
4483The _GDBN__ scope operator (@pxref{Expressions}). Same precedence as
4484@code{::}, above. _1__
4485@end table
4486
4487@cindex C and C++ constants
4488@node C Constants, Cplusplus expressions, C Operators, C
4489@subsubsection C and C++ Constants
4490
4491_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the
4492following ways:
4493
4494@itemize @bullet
4495
4496@item
4497Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are
4498specified by a leading @samp{0} (ie. zero), and hexadecimal constants by
4499a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with an
4500@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
4501@code{long} value.
4502
4503@item
4504Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
4505point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
4506exponent. An exponent is of the form:
4507@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
4508sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
4509
4510@item
4511Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
4512integral equivalents.
4513
4514@item
4515Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
4516(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
4517(usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may
4518be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
4519the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
4520of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
4521@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
4522@samp{\n} for newline.
4523
4524@item
4525String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded
4526by double quotes (@code{"}).
4527
4528@item
4529Pointer constants are an integral value.
4530
4531@end itemize
4532
4533
4534@node Cplusplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C
4535@subsubsection C++ Expressions
b80282d5
RP
4536
4537@cindex expressions in C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4538_GDBN__'s expression handling has the following extensions to
4539interpret a significant subset of C++ expressions:
b80282d5
RP
4540
4541@enumerate
4542
4543@cindex member functions
e251e767 4544@item
b80282d5
RP
4545Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
4546@example
4547count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
4548@end example
4549
4550@kindex this
4551@cindex namespace in C++
e251e767 4552@item
b80282d5
RP
4553While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
4554expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
4555that is, _GDBN__ allows implicit references to the class instance
4556pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++.
4557
4558@cindex call overloaded functions
4559@cindex type conversions in C++
e251e767 4560@item
b80282d5
RP
4561You can call overloaded functions; _GDBN__ will resolve the function
4562call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use
4563arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call.
4564_GDBN__ will not perform conversions requiring constructors or
4565user-defined type operators.
4566
4567@cindex reference declarations
4568@item
4569_GDBN__ understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use them in
4570expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically
e251e767 4571dereferenced.
b80282d5
RP
4572
4573In the parameter list shown when _GDBN__ displays a frame, the values of
4574reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
4575avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
4576The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
4577you've specified @samp{set print address off}.
4578
4579
4580@item
4581_GDBN__ supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your
c2bbbb22
RP
4582expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since
4583one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
4584necessary, for example in an expression like
4585@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. _GDBN__ also allows
4586resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++
4587debugging; @pxref{Variables}.
b80282d5
RP
4588
4589@end enumerate
4590
c2bbbb22
RP
4591
4592@node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplusplus expressions, C
4593@subsubsection C and C++ Defaults
4594@cindex C and C++ defaults
4595
e251e767
RP
4596If you allow _GDBN__ to set type and range checking automatically, they
4597both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
4598C/C++. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
4599selected the working language.
4600
4601If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, it sets the
4602working language to C/C++ on entering code compiled from a source file
4603whose name ends with @file{.c} or @file{.cc}.
4604@xref{Automatically,,Having _GDBN__ infer the source language}, for
4605further details.
4606
4607@node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C
4608@subsubsection C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4609@cindex C and C++ checks
4610
4611@quotation
4612@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
4613range checking.
4614@end quotation
4615@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
4616
4617By default, when _GDBN__ parses C or C++ expressions, type checking
4618is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, _GDBN__ will
4619consider two variables type equivalent if:
4620
4621@itemize @bullet
4622@item
4623The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
4624enumerated tag.
4625
e251e767 4626@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4627Two two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
4628declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
4629
4630@ignore
4631@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
4632@c FIXME--beers?
4633@item
4634The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
4635declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C
4636compilers.)
4637@end ignore
4638
4639@end itemize
4640
4641Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array
4642indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
4643that is not itself an array.
4644
4645@node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C
4646@subsubsection _GDBN__ and C
4647
4648The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
4649the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
4650inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} will also be printed.
4651Otherwise, it will appear as @samp{@{...@}}.
4652
4653The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
4654with pointers and a memory allocation function. (@pxref{Expressions})
4655
4656@node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C
4657@subsubsection _GDBN__ Commands for C++
b80282d5
RP
4658
4659@cindex commands for C++
4660Some _GDBN__ commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are
4661designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary:
4662
4663@table @code
4664@cindex break in overloaded functions
4665@item @r{breakpoint menus}
4666When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
4667_GDBN__'s breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
4668you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus}.
4669
4670@cindex overloading in C++
4671@item rbreak @var{regex}
4672Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
4673breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
e251e767 4674classes.
b80282d5
RP
4675@xref{Set Breaks}.
4676
4677@cindex C++ exception handling
4678@item catch @var{exceptions}
4679@itemx info catch
4680Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception Handling}.
4681
e251e767 4682@cindex inheritance
b80282d5
RP
4683@item ptype @var{typename}
4684Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
e251e767 4685@var{typename}.
b80282d5
RP
4686@xref{Symbols}.
4687
4688@cindex C++ symbol display
4689@item set print demangle
4690@itemx show print demangle
4691@itemx set print asm-demangle
4692@itemx show print asm-demangle
4693Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when
4694displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies.
4695@xref{Print Settings}.
4696
4697@item set print object
4698@itemx show print object
e251e767 4699Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
b80282d5
RP
4700@xref{Print Settings}.
4701
4702@item set print vtbl
4703@itemx show print vtbl
4704Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
4705@xref{Print Settings}.
4706
4707@end table
4708
c2bbbb22
RP
4709
4710@node Modula-2, , C, Support
4711@subsection Modula-2
4712@cindex Modula-2
4713
4714The extensions made to _GDBN__ to support Modula-2 support output
4715from the GNU Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed).
4716Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to
4717debug executables produced by them will most likely result in an error
4718as _GDBN__ reads in the executable's symbol table.
4719
4720@cindex expressions in Modula-2
4721@menu
4722* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
4723* Builtin Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
4724* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
4725* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
4726* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
4727* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
4728* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
4729* GDB/M2:: _GDBN__ and Modula-2
4730@end menu
4731
4732@node M2 Operators, Builtin Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2
4733@subsubsection Operators
4734@cindex Modula-2 operators
4735
4736Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
4737@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
4738often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the
4739following definitions hold:
4740
4741@itemize @bullet
4742
4743@item
4744@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
4745their subranges.
4746
4747@item
4748@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
4749
4750@item
4751@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
4752
4753@item
4754@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
4755@var{type}}.
4756
4757@item
4758@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
4759
4760@item
4761@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET}s and @code{BITSET}s.
4762
4763@item
4764@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
4765
4766@end itemize
4767
4768@noindent
4769The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
4770increasing precedence:
4771
4772@table @code
4773_0__
4774@item ,
4775Function argument or array index separator.
4776
4777@item :=
4778Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
4779@var{value}.
4780
4781@item <@r{, }>
4782Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
4783types.
4784
4785@item <=@r{, }>=
4786Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
4787on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
4788set types. Same precedence as @code{<}.
4789
4790@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
4791Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
4792Same precedence as @code{<}. In _GDBN__ scripts, only @code{<>} is
4793available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
4794comment character.
4795
4796@item IN
4797Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members.
4798Same precedence as @code{<}.
4799
4800@item OR
4801Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types.
4802
4803@item AND@r{, }&
4804Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types.
4805
4806@item @@
4807The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions}).
4808
4809@item +@r{, }-
4810Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
4811and difference on set types.
4812
4813@item *
4814Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
4815on set types.
4816
4817@item /
4818Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
4819types. Same precedence as @code{*}.
4820
4821@item DIV@r{, }MOD
4822Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same
4823precedence as @code{*}.
4824
4825@item -
4826Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER}s and @code{REAL}s.
4827
4828@item ^
e251e767 4829Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4830
4831@item NOT
4832Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as
4833@code{^}.
4834
4835@item .
4836@code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD}s. Same
4837precedence as @code{^}.
4838
4839@item []
4840Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY}s. Same precedence as @code{^}.
4841
4842@item ()
4843Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE}s. Same precedence
4844as @code{^}.
4845
4846@item ::@r{, }.
4847_GDBN__ and Modula-2 scope operators.
4848
4849@end table
4850
4851@quotation
4852@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so _GDBN__
4853will treat the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
4854@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
4855@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
4856@end quotation
4857_1__
4858
4859@cindex Modula-2 builtins
4860@node Builtin Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2
4861@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
4862
4863Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
4864In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
4865
4866@table @var
4867
4868@item a
4869represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
4870
4871@item c
4872represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
4873
4874@item i
4875represents a variable or constant of integral type.
4876
4877@item m
4878represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the
4879same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should
4880be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}.
4881
4882@item n
4883represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
4884
4885@item r
4886represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
4887
4888@item t
4889represents a type.
4890
4891@item v
4892represents a variable.
4893
4894@item x
4895represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the
4896explanation of the function for details.
4897
4898@end table
4899
4900All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
4901
4902@table @code
4903@item ABS(@var{n})
4904Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
4905
4906@item CAP(@var{c})
4907If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
4908equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument
4909
4910@item CHR(@var{i})
4911Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
4912
4913@item DEC(@var{v})
4914Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
4915
4916@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
4917Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
4918new value.
4919
4920@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
4921Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new
4922set.
4923
4924@item FLOAT(@var{i})
4925Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
4926
4927@item HIGH(@var{a})
4928Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
4929
4930@item INC(@var{v})
4931Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
4932
4933@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
4934Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
4935new value.
4936
4937@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
4938Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
4939there. Returns the new set.
4940
4941@item MAX(@var{t})
4942Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
4943
4944@item MIN(@var{t})
4945Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
4946
4947@item ODD(@var{i})
4948Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
4949
4950@item ORD(@var{x})
4951Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal
4952value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the
4953ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
4954integral, character and enumerated types.
4955
4956@item SIZE(@var{x})
4957Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
4958
4959@item TRUNC(@var{r})
4960Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
4961
4962@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
4963Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
4964@end table
4965
4966@quotation
4967@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
4968_GDBN__ will treat the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
4969an error.
4970@end quotation
4971
4972@cindex Modula-2 constants
4973@node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Builtin Func/Proc, Modula-2
4974@subsubsection Constants
4975
4976_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
4977ways:
4978
4979@itemize @bullet
4980
4981@item
4982Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an
4983expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
4984rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
4985trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
4986
4987@item
4988Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
4989decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can
4990then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
4991@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the
4992digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
4993digits.
4994
4995@item
4996Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
4997like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may
4998also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually)
4999followed by a @samp{C}.
5000
5001@item
5002String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a pair
5003of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). Escape
5004sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C Constants}, for a
5005brief explanation of escape sequences.
5006
5007@item
5008Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
5009
5010@item
5011Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
5012@code{FALSE}.
5013
5014@item
5015Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
5016
5017@item
5018Set constants are not yet supported.
5019
5020@end itemize
5021
5022@node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2
5023@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
5024@cindex Modula-2 defaults
5025
e251e767
RP
5026If type and range checking are set automatically by _GDBN__, they
5027both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
5028Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
5029selected the working language.
5030
5031If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then entering
5032code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} will set the
5033working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically,,Having _GDBN__ set
5034the language automatically}, for further details.
5035
5036@node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2
5037@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
5038@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
5039
5040A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
5041This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
5042
5043@itemize @bullet
e251e767 5044@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5045Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
5046integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during
5047debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
5048pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
5049through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
5050returned a pointer.)
5051
e251e767 5052@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5053C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
5054non-printable characters. _GDBN__ will print out strings with these
5055escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are
5056printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
5057
5058@item
5059The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
5060argument.
5061
5062@item
5063All builtin procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
5064
e251e767 5065@end itemize
c2bbbb22
RP
5066
5067@node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2
5068@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5069@cindex Modula-2 checks
5070
5071@quotation
5072@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
5073range checking.
5074@end quotation
5075@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
5076
5077_GDBN__ considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
5078
5079@itemize @bullet
5080@item
5081They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
5082@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
5083
5084@item
5085They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the
5086GNU Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
5087
5088@end itemize
5089
5090As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
5091whose types are not equivalent is an error.
5092
5093Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
5094index bounds, and all builtin functions and procedures.
5095
5096@node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2
5097@subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5098@cindex scope
5099@kindex .
5100@kindex ::
5101
5102There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
5103(@code{.}) and the _GDBN__ scope operator (@code{::}). The two have
5104similar syntax:
5105
5106@example
5107
5108@var{module} . @var{id}
5109@var{scope} :: @var{id}
5110
5111@end example
5112
5113@noindent
5114where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
5115@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any delcared
5116identifier within the program, except another module.
5117
5118Using the @code{::} operator makes _GDBN__ search the scope
5119specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not
5120found in the specified scope, then _GDBN__ will search all scopes
5121enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
5122
5123Using the @code{.} operator makes _GDBN__ search the current scope for
5124the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
5125definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is
5126an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
5127module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
5128@var{module}.
5129
5130@node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2
5131@subsubsection _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5132
5133Some _GDBN__ commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
5134Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
5135specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
5136@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four
5137apply to C++, and the last to C's @code{union} type, which has no direct
5138analogue in Modula-2.
5139
5140The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions}), while available
5141while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its
5142intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
5143created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an
5144address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
5145@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions})
5146
5147_0__
5148@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
5149In _GDBN__ scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
5150interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead.
5151_1__
5152
5153
5154@node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top
70b88761
RP
5155@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
5156
5157The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the
5158symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
5159program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and
5160does not change as the program executes. _GDBN__ finds it in your
e251e767 5161program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
5162(@pxref{File Options}), or by one of the file-management commands
5163(@pxref{Files}).
5164
5165@table @code
5166@item info address @var{symbol}
5167@kindex info address
5168Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register
5169variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register
5170local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
5171is always stored.
5172
5173Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
5174at all for a register variables, and for a stack local variable prints
5175the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
5176
5177@item whatis @var{exp}
5178@kindex whatis
5179Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not
5180actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
5181assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.
5182@xref{Expressions}.
5183
5184@item whatis
5185Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
5186
5187@item ptype @var{typename}
5188@kindex ptype
5189Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be
5190the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form
5191@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
5192@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.@refill
5193
5194@item ptype @var{exp}
5195Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype}
5196differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead of just
5197the name of the type. For example, if your program declares a variable
5198as
5199@example
5200struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
5201@end example
5202@noindent
5203compare the output of the two commands:
5204@example
5205(_GDBP__) whatis v
5206type = struct complex
5207(_GDBP__) ptype v
5208type = struct complex @{
5209 double real;
5210 double imag;
5211@}
5212@end example
5213
5214@item info types @var{regexp}
5215@itemx info types
e251e767 5216@kindex info types
70b88761
RP
5217Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp}
5218(or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each
5219complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus,
5220@samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose
5221name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives
5222information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}.
5223
5224This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
5225@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
5226lists all source files where a type is defined.
5227
5228@item info source
5229@kindex info source
5230Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for
c2bbbb22
RP
5231the function containing the current point of execution---and the language
5232it was written in.
70b88761
RP
5233
5234@item info sources
5235@kindex info sources
5236Print the names of all source files in the program for which there is
b80282d5
RP
5237debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
5238have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
70b88761
RP
5239
5240@item info functions
5241@kindex info functions
5242Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
5243
5244@item info functions @var{regexp}
5245Print the names and data types of all defined functions
5246whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
5247Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
5248include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
5249start with @code{step}.
5250
5251@item info variables
5252@kindex info variables
5253Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
5254outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables).
5255
5256@item info variables @var{regexp}
5257Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
5258variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
5259@var{regexp}.
5260
5261
5262@ignore
5263This was never implemented.
5264@item info methods
5265@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
5266@kindex info methods
5267The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
5268methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
5269specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many
5270C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output
5271from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The
5272@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
5273which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
5274@end ignore
5275
5276@item printsyms @var{filename}
440d9834 5277@itemx printpsyms @var{filename}
70b88761 5278@kindex printsyms
440d9834
RP
5279@cindex symbol dump
5280@kindex printsyms
5281@cindex partial symbol dump
5282Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
cedaf8bc 5283These commands are useful for debugging the _GDBN__ symbol-reading code.
440d9834
RP
5284Only symbols with debugging data are included. If you use
5285@code{printsyms}, _GDBN__ includes all the symbols for which it has
5286already collected full details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols
5287for only those files whose symbols _GDBN__ has read. You can find out
cedaf8bc
RP
5288which files these are using the command @code{info sources}. On the
5289other hand, if you use @code{printpsyms}, the dump also shows
5290information about symbols that _GDBN__ only knows partially---that is,
5291symbols defined in files that _GDBN__ has skimmed, but not yet read
5292completely. The description of @code{symbol-file} describes how _GDBN__
5293reads symbols; both commands are described under @ref{Files}.
440d9834 5294
70b88761
RP
5295@end table
5296
5297@node Altering, _GDBN__ Files, Symbols, Top
5298@chapter Altering Execution
5299
5300Once you think you have found an error in the program, you might want to
5301find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
5302correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by
5303experiment, using the _GDBN__ features for altering execution of the
5304program.
5305
5306For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
5307locations, give the program a signal, restart it at a different address,
5308or even return prematurely from a function to its caller.
5309
5310@menu
b80282d5
RP
5311* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
5312* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
5313* Signaling:: Giving the Program a Signal
5314* Returning:: Returning from a Function
5315* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 5316* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
5317@end menu
5318
5319@node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering
5320@section Assignment to Variables
5321
5322@cindex assignment
5323@cindex setting variables
5324To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
5325@xref{Expressions}. For example,
5326
5327@example
5328print x=4
5329@end example
5330
5331@noindent
5332would store the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then print the
c2bbbb22
RP
5333value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages}, for
5334more information on operators in supported languages.
70b88761 5335
70b88761
RP
5336@kindex set variable
5337@cindex variables, setting
5338If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
5339@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is
5340really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not
5341printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History}). The
5342expression is evaluated only for its effects.
5343
5344If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
5345appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
5346variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical
5347to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, a
5348program might well have a variable @code{width}---which leads to
5349an error if we try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, as
5350we might if @code{set width} didn't happen to be a _GDBN__ command:
5351@example
5352(_GDBP__) whatis width
5353type = double
5354(_GDBP__) p width
5355$4 = 13
5356(_GDBP__) set width=47
5357Invalid syntax in expression.
5358@end example
5359@noindent
5360The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. What we can do in
e251e767 5361order to actually set our program's variable @code{width} is
70b88761
RP
5362@example
5363(_GDBP__) set var width=47
5364@end example
5365
5366_GDBN__ allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C does; you can
5367freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa, and
5368any structure can be converted to any other structure that is the same
5369length or shorter.
e251e767 5370@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
70b88761
RP
5371@comment /pesch@cygnus.com 18dec1990
5372
5373To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
5374construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
5375(@pxref{Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
5376to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
5377and representation in memory), and
5378
5379@example
5380set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
5381@end example
5382
5383@noindent
5384stores the value 4 into that memory location.
5385
5386@node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering
5387@section Continuing at a Different Address
5388
5389Ordinarily, when you continue the program, you do so at the place where
5390it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at
5391an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
5392
5393@table @code
5394@item jump @var{linespec}
5395@kindex jump
5396Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution will stop
5397immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List} for a
5398description of the different forms of @var{linespec}.
5399
5400The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
5401the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
5402register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in
5403a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
5404be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
5405of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
5406confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
5407executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
5408well acquainted with the machine-language code of the program.
5409
5410@item jump *@var{address}
5411Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}.
5412@end table
5413
5414You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a
5415new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this
5416does not start the program running; it only changes the address where it
5417@emph{will} run when it is continued. For example,
5418
5419@example
5420set $pc = 0x485
5421@end example
5422
5423@noindent
5424causes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command to execute at
5425address 0x485, rather than at the address where the program stopped.
3d3ab540 5426@xref{Continuing and Stepping}.
70b88761
RP
5427
5428The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up,
5429perhaps with more breakpoints set, over a portion of a program that has
5430already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail.
5431
5432@node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering
5433@c @group
5434@section Giving the Program a Signal
5435
5436@table @code
5437@item signal @var{signalnum}
5438@kindex signal
5439Resume execution where the program stopped, but give it immediately the
5440signal number @var{signalnum}.
5441
5442Alternatively, if @var{signalnum} is zero, continue execution without
5443giving a signal. This is useful when the program stopped on account of
5444a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
5445@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
5446signal.
5447
5448@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
5449after executing the command.
5450@end table
5451@c @end group
5452
5453@node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering
5454@section Returning from a Function
5455
5456@table @code
5457@item return
5458@itemx return @var{expression}
5459@cindex returning from a function
5460@kindex return
5461You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
5462command. If you give an
5463@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
e251e767 5464value.
70b88761
RP
5465@end table
5466
5467When you use @code{return}, _GDBN__ discards the selected stack frame
5468(and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the
5469discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to
5470be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
5471
5472This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection}), and any other
5473frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the innermost remaining
5474frame. That frame becomes selected. The specified value is stored in
5475the registers used for returning values of functions.
5476
5477The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
5478program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
e251e767
RP
5479returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command
5480(@pxref{Continuing and Stepping})
c728f1f0 5481resumes execution until the selected stack frame returns naturally.@refill
70b88761 5482
c338a2fd 5483@node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering
70b88761
RP
5484@section Calling your Program's Functions
5485
5486@cindex calling functions
5487@kindex call
5488@table @code
5489@item call @var{expr}
5490Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
5491returned values.
5492@end table
5493
5494You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
5495execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output
5496with @code{void} returned values. The result is printed and saved in
5497the value history, if it is not void.
5498
c338a2fd
RP
5499@node Patching, , Calling, Altering
5500@section Patching your Program
5501@cindex patching binaries
5502@cindex writing into executables
5503@cindex writing into corefiles
5504By default, _GDBN__ opens the file containing your program's executable
5505code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations
5506to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching
5507your program's binary.
5508
5509If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
5510explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might
5511want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
e251e767 5512repairs.
c338a2fd
RP
5513
5514@table @code
5515@item set write on
5516@itemx set write off
5517@kindex set write
5518If you specify @samp{set write on}, _GDBN__ will open executable and
5519core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
5520off} (the default), _GDBN__ will open them read-only.
5521
5522If you've already loaded a file, you must load it
5523again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after
5524changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect.
5525
5526@item show write
7d7ff5f6 5527@kindex show write
c338a2fd
RP
5528Display whether executable files and core files will be opened for
5529writing as well as reading.
5530
5531@end table
5532
70b88761
RP
5533@node _GDBN__ Files, Targets, Altering, Top
5534@chapter _GDBN__'s Files
5535
5536@menu
b80282d5
RP
5537* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
5538* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761
RP
5539@end menu
5540
5541@node Files, Symbol Errors, _GDBN__ Files, _GDBN__ Files
5542@section Commands to Specify Files
5543@cindex core dump file
5544@cindex symbol table
5545_GDBN__ needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in
5546order to read its symbol table and in order to start the program. To
5547debug a core dump of a previous run, _GDBN__ must be told the file name of
5548the core dump.
5549
5550The usual way to specify the executable and core dump file names is with
5551the command arguments given when you start _GDBN__, as discussed in
5552@pxref{Invocation}.
5553
5554Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
5555_GDBN__ session. Or you may run _GDBN__ and forget to specify the files you
5556want to use. In these situations the _GDBN__ commands to specify new files
5557are useful.
5558
5559@table @code
5560@item file @var{filename}
5561@cindex executable file
5562@kindex file
5563Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its
5564symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program
5565executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a
5566directory and the file is not found in _GDBN__'s working directory,
5567
5568_GDBN__ uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of
5569directories to search, just as the shell does when looking for a program
5570to run. You can change the value of this variable, for both _GDBN__ and
5571your program, using the @code{path} command.
5572
5573@code{file} with no argument makes _GDBN__ discard any information it
5574has on both executable file and the symbol table.
5575
5576@item exec-file @var{filename}
5577@kindex exec-file
5578Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
5579in @var{filename}. _GDBN__ will search the environment variable @code{PATH}
e251e767 5580if necessary to locate the program.
70b88761
RP
5581
5582@item symbol-file @var{filename}
5583@kindex symbol-file
5584Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is
5585searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
5586table and program to run from the same file.
5587
5588@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out _GDBN__'s information on your
5589program's symbol table.
5590
5591The @code{symbol-file} command causes _GDBN__ to forget the contents of its
5592convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and
5593auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to
5594the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of
5595the old symbol table data being discarded inside _GDBN__.
5596
5597@code{symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
5598executing it once.
5599
5600On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not
5601actually read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans
5602the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols
5603are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time,
5604when they are needed.
5605
5606The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make _GDBN__ start up
5607faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional pauses
5608while the symbol table details for a particular source file are being
5609read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses into
5610messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings}).
5611
5612When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} does
5613read the symbol table data in full right away. We haven't implemented
5614the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.
5615
5616When _GDBN__ is configured for a particular environment, it will
5617understand debugging information in whatever format is the standard
5618generated for that environment; you may use either a GNU compiler, or
5619other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are
5620usually obtained from GNU compilers; for example, using @code{_GCC__}
5621you can generate debugging information for optimized code.
5622
5623@item core-file @var{filename}
5624@itemx core @var{filename}
5625@kindex core
5626@kindex core-file
5627Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
5628of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
5629address space of the process that generated them; _GDBN__ can access the
5630executable file itself for other parts.
5631
5632@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
5633to be used.
5634
5635Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
5636under _GDBN__. So, if you have been running the program and you wish to
5637debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the
5638program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command
5639(@pxref{Kill Process}).
5640
5641@item load @var{filename}
5642@kindex load
5643_if__(_GENERIC__)
5644Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
5645_GDBN__, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it
5646is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
5647on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
5648@code{load} also records @var{filename}'s symbol table in _GDBN__, like
5649the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
5650
5651If @code{load} is not available on your _GDBN__, attempting to execute
5652it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is
e251e767 5653@dots{}}''
70b88761
RP
5654_fi__(_GENERIC__)
5655
e251e767 5656_if__(_VXWORKS__)
70b88761
RP
5657On VxWorks, @code{load} will dynamically link @var{filename} on the
5658current target system as well as adding its symbols in _GDBN__.
5659_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
5660
5661_if__(_I960__)
5662@cindex download to Nindy-960
5663With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} will
5664download @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in
e251e767 5665_GDBN__.
70b88761
RP
5666_fi__(_I960__)
5667
5668@code{load} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
5669
5670@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
5671@kindex add-symbol-file
5672@cindex dynamic linking
5673The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information
b80282d5 5674from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename}
70b88761
RP
5675has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that
5676is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the
5677file has been loaded; _GDBN__ cannot figure this out for itself.
5678
5679The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
5680originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the
5681@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus
5682read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead,
e251e767 5683use the @code{symbol-file} command.
70b88761
RP
5684
5685@code{add-symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
5686
5687@item info files
5688@itemx info target
5689@kindex info files
5690@kindex info target
5691@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print the
5692current targets (@pxref{Targets}), including the names of the executable
5693and core dump files currently in use by _GDBN__, and the files from
5694which symbols were loaded. The command @code{help targets} lists all
5695possible targets rather than current ones.
5696
5697@end table
5698
5699All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
5700as arguments. _GDBN__ always converts the file name to an absolute path
5701name and remembers it that way.
5702
70b88761
RP
5703@cindex shared libraries
5704
c338a2fd
RP
5705_GDBN__ supports the SunOS shared library format. _GDBN__ automatically
5706loads symbol definitions from shared libraries when you use the
5707@code{run} command, or when you examine a core file. (Before you issue
5708the @code{run} command, _GDBN__ won't understand references to a
5709function in a shared library, however---unless you're debugging a core
5710file).
5711@c FIXME: next _GDBN__ release should permit some refs to undef
5712@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they're from a shared lib
70b88761
RP
5713
5714@table @code
70b88761
RP
5715@item info share
5716@itemx info sharedlibrary
5717@kindex info sharedlibrary
5718@kindex info share
c338a2fd 5719Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
70b88761 5720
c338a2fd
RP
5721@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
5722@itemx share @var{regex}
5723@kindex sharedlibrary
5724@kindex share
5725This is an obsolescent command; you can use it to explicitly
5726load shared object library symbols for files matching a UNIX regular
5727expression, but as with files loaded automatically, it will only load
5728shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after
5729typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries
5730required by your program are loaded.
5731@end table
70b88761
RP
5732
5733@node Symbol Errors, , Files, _GDBN__ Files
5734@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
b80282d5 5735While reading a symbol file, _GDBN__ will occasionally encounter
70b88761 5736problems, such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in
b80282d5
RP
5737compiler output. By default, _GDBN__ does not notify you of such
5738problems, since they're relatively common and primarily of interest to
5739people debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information
5740about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask _GDBN__ to print
5741only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
5742times the problem occurs; or you can ask _GDBN__ to print more messages,
5743to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set complaints}
5744command (@xref{Messages/Warnings}).
70b88761
RP
5745
5746The messages currently printed, and their meanings, are:
5747
5748@table @code
5749@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
5750
5751The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
5752(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This
5753error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
e251e767 5754in its outer scope blocks.
70b88761
RP
5755
5756_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
5757the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol}
5758may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
5759function.
5760
5761@item block at @var{address} out of order
5762
e251e767 5763The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
70b88761 5764order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not
e251e767 5765do so.
70b88761
RP
5766
5767_GDBN__ does not circumvent this problem, and will have trouble locating
5768symbols in the source file whose symbols being read. (You can often
5769determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose
5770on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings}.)
5771
5772@item bad block start address patched
5773
5774The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
5775smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known
e251e767 5776to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
70b88761
RP
5777
5778_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
5779starting on the previous source line.
5780
70b88761
RP
5781@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
5782
5783@cindex foo
5784Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
e251e767 5785larger than the size of the string table.
70b88761
RP
5786
5787_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
5788name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
5789with this name.
5790
5791@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
5792
5793The symbol information contains new data types that _GDBN__ does not yet
5794know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood
e251e767 5795information, in hexadecimal.
70b88761
RP
5796
5797_GDBN__ circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This
5798will usually allow the program to be debugged, though certain symbols
5799will not be accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like
5800debugging it, you can debug @code{_GDBP__} with itself, breakpoint on
5801@code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and
5802examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
5803
5804@item stub type has NULL name
e251e767 5805_GDBN__ could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
70b88761 5806
440d9834 5807@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
70b88761
RP
5808
5809The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some
440d9834
RP
5810information that recent versions of the compiler should have output
5811for it.
70b88761 5812
440d9834 5813@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
70b88761 5814
440d9834 5815_GDBN__ could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
70b88761
RP
5816
5817@end table
5818
5819@node Targets, Controlling _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Files, Top
e251e767 5820@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761
RP
5821@cindex debugging target
5822@kindex target
cedaf8bc
RP
5823A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
5824Often, _GDBN__ runs in the same host environment as the program you are
5825debugging; in that case, the debugging target is specified as a side
5826effect when you use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you
5827need more flexibility---for example, running _GDBN__ on a physically
5828separate host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or
5829a realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the
5830@code{target} command to specify one of the target types configured for
5831_GDBN__ (@pxref{Target Commands}).
70b88761
RP
5832
5833@menu
b80282d5
RP
5834* Active Targets:: Active Targets
5835* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
5836* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
5837@end menu
5838
5839@node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets
5840@section Active Targets
5841@cindex stacking targets
5842@cindex active targets
5843@cindex multiple targets
5844
cedaf8bc
RP
5845There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
5846executable files. _GDBN__ can work concurrently on up to three active
5847targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a
5848process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core
5849file.
70b88761 5850
cedaf8bc
RP
5851If, for example, you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
5852@code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as
5853well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
5854_GDBN__ has two active targets and will use them in tandem, looking
5855first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
5856requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target
5857are complementary, since core files contain only the program's
5858read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
5859executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
5860
5861When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
5862target as well. When a process target is active, all _GDBN__ commands
5863requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active
5864core file or executable file target are obscured while the process
5865target is active.
5866
5867Use the @code{core-file}, and @code{exec-file} commands to select a new
5868core file or executable target (@pxref{Files}). To specify as a target
5869a process that's already running, use the @code{attach} command
5870(@pxref{Attach}).
70b88761
RP
5871
5872@node Target Commands, Remote, Active Targets, Targets
5873@section Commands for Managing Targets
5874
5875@table @code
5876@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
5877Connects the _GDBN__ host environment to a target machine or process. A
5878target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You
5879use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the
5880target machine.
5881
5882Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
5883typically include things like device names or host names to connect
e251e767 5884with, process numbers, and baud rates.
70b88761
RP
5885
5886The @code{target} command will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
5887after executing the command.
5888
5889@item help target
5890@kindex help target
5891Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets
5892currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
5893(@pxref{Files}).
5894
5895@item help target @var{name}
5896Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
5897select it.
5898@end table
5899
5900Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the _GDBN__
5901configuration):
5902
5903@table @code
5904@item target exec @var{prog}
5905@kindex target exec
5906An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{prog}} is the same as
5907@samp{exec-file @var{prog}}.
5908
5909@item target core @var{filename}
5910@kindex target core
5911A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
5912@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
5913
5914@item target remote @var{dev}
5915@kindex target remote
5916Remote serial target in _GDBN__-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev}
5917specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g.
5918@file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote}.
5919
5920_if__(_AMD29K__)
5921@item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG}
5922@kindex target amd-eb
5923@cindex AMD EB29K
5924Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines.
5925@var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote};
5926@var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the
5927name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC.
5928@xref{EB29K Remote}.
5929
5930_fi__(_AMD29K__)
5931_if__(_I960__)
5932@item target nindy @var{devicename}
5933@kindex target nindy
5934An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is
5935the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g.
5936@file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote}.
5937
5938_fi__(_I960__)
5939_if__(_VXWORKS__)
5940@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
5941@kindex target vxworks
5942A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename}
5943is the target system's machine name or IP address.
5944@xref{VxWorks Remote}.
5945_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
5946@end table
5947
5948_if__(_GENERIC__)
5949Different targets are available on different configurations of _GDBN__; your
5950configuration may have more or fewer targets.
5951_fi__(_GENERIC__)
5952
5953@node Remote, , Target Commands, Targets
5954@section Remote Debugging
5955@cindex remote debugging
5956
5957_if__(_GENERIC__)
5958@menu
5959_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)<>_dnl__
5960@end menu
5961_fi__(_GENERIC__)
5962
5963If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that can't run
5964_GDBN__ in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For
5965example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on
5966a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
e251e767 5967powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
70b88761
RP
5968
5969Some configurations of _GDBN__ have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
5970to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition,
5971_GDBN__ comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to _GDBN__, but
5972not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
5973write the remote stubs---the code that will run on the remote system to
5974communicate with _GDBN__.
5975
5976To use the _GDBN__ remote serial protocol, the program to be debugged on
5977the remote machine needs to contain a debugging stub which talks to
5978_GDBN__ over the serial line. Several working remote stubs are
5979distributed with _GDBN__; see the @file{README} file in the _GDBN__
5980distribution for more information.
5981
5982For details of this communication protocol, see the comments in the
5983_GDBN__ source file @file{remote.c}.
5984
5985To start remote debugging, first run _GDBN__ and specify as an executable file
5986the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells _GDBN__ how
5987to find the program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. Then
5988establish communication using the @code{target remote} command with a device
5989name as an argument. For example:
5990
5991@example
5992target remote /dev/ttyb
5993@end example
5994
5995@noindent
5996if the serial line is connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}. This
5997will stop the remote machine if it is not already stopped.
5998
5999Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to
6000step and continue the remote program.
6001
6002To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach}
6003command.
6004
6005Other remote targets may be available in your
e251e767 6006configuration of _GDBN__; use @code{help targets} to list them.
70b88761
RP
6007
6008_if__(_GENERIC__)
6009@c Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front
6010@c in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here
e251e767 6011@c otherwise.
70b88761
RP
6012_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
6013_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6014
6015@node Controlling _GDBN__, Sequences, Targets, Top
6016@chapter Controlling _GDBN__
6017
6018You can alter many aspects of _GDBN__'s interaction with you by using
6019the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how _GDBN__ displays
6020data, @pxref{Print Settings}; other settings are described here.
6021
6022@menu
b80282d5
RP
6023* Prompt:: Prompt
6024* Editing:: Command Editing
6025* History:: Command History
6026* Screen Size:: Screen Size
6027* Numbers:: Numbers
6028* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
6029@end menu
6030
6031@node Prompt, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__, Controlling _GDBN__
6032@section Prompt
6033@cindex prompt
6034_GDBN__ indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
6035called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(_GDBP__)}. You
6036can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For
6037instance, when debugging _GDBN__ with _GDBN__, it is useful to change
6038the prompt in one of the _GDBN__<>s so that you can always tell which
6039one you are talking to.
6040
6041@table @code
6042@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
6043@kindex set prompt
6044Directs _GDBN__ to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
6045@kindex show prompt
6046@item show prompt
6047Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
6048@end table
6049
6050@node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling _GDBN__
6051@section Command Editing
6052@cindex readline
6053@cindex command line editing
6054_GDBN__ reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This
6055GNU library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
6056command line interface to the user. Advantages are @code{emacs}-style
6057or @code{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
6058substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
6059debugging sessions.
6060
6061You may control the behavior of command line editing in _GDBN__ with the
e251e767 6062command @code{set}.
70b88761
RP
6063
6064@table @code
6065@kindex set editing
6066@cindex editing
6067@item set editing
6068@itemx set editing on
6069Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
6070
6071@item set editing off
6072Disable command line editing.
6073
6074@kindex show editing
6075@item show editing
6076Show whether command line editing is enabled.
6077@end table
6078
6079@node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__
6080@section Command History
6081@table @code
6082@cindex history substitution
6083@cindex history file
6084@kindex set history filename
6085@item set history filename @var{fname}
6086Set the name of the _GDBN__ command history file to @var{fname}. This is
6087the file from which _GDBN__ will read an initial command history
6088list or to which it will write this list when it exits. This list is
6089accessed through history expansion or through the history
6090command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the
6091value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
6092@file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set.
6093
6094@cindex history save
6095@kindex set history save
6096@item set history save
6097@itemx set history save on
6098Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
6099@code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled.
6100
6101@item set history save off
6102Stop recording command history in a file.
6103
6104@cindex history size
6105@kindex set history size
6106@item set history size @var{size}
6107Set the number of commands which _GDBN__ will keep in its history list.
6108This defaults to the value of the environment variable
6109@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
6110@end table
6111
6112@cindex history expansion
6113History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
6114@iftex
6115(@xref{Event Designators}.)
6116@end iftex
6117Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
6118is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
6119@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
6120follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
6121a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline
6122history facilities will not attempt substitution on the strings
6123@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
6124
6125The commands to control history expansion are:
6126
6127@table @code
6128
6129@kindex set history expansion
6130@item set history expansion on
6131@itemx set history expansion
6132Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default.
6133
6134@item set history expansion off
6135Disable history expansion.
6136
6137The readline code comes with more complete documentation of
6138editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @code{emacs}
e251e767 6139or @code{vi} may wish to read it.
70b88761
RP
6140@iftex
6141@xref{Command Line Editing}.
6142@end iftex
6143
6144@c @group
6145@kindex show history
6146@item show history
6147@itemx show history filename
6148@itemx show history save
6149@itemx show history size
6150@itemx show history expansion
6151These commands display the state of the _GDBN__ history parameters.
6152@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
6153@c @end group
6154
6155@end table
6156
6157@table @code
6158@kindex show commands
6159@item show commands
6160Display the last ten commands in the command history.
6161
6162@item show commands @var{n}
6163Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
6164
6165@item show commands +
6166Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
6167
6168@end table
6169
6170@node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling _GDBN__
6171@section Screen Size
6172@cindex size of screen
6173@cindex pauses in output
6174Certain commands to _GDBN__ may produce large amounts of information
6175output to the screen. To help you read all of it, _GDBN__ pauses and
6176asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET}
6177when you want to continue the output. _GDBN__ also uses the screen
6178width setting to determine when to wrap lines of output. Depending on
6179what is being printed, it tries to break the line at a readable place,
6180rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
6181
6182Normally _GDBN__ knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base
6183together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
6184@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct,
6185you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
6186width} commands:
6187
6188@table @code
6189@item set height @var{lpp}
6190@itemx show height
6191@itemx set width @var{cpl}
6192@itemx show width
6193@kindex set height
6194@kindex set width
6195@kindex show width
6196@kindex show height
6197These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
6198a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show}
6199commands display the current settings.
6200
6201If you specify a height of zero lines, _GDBN__ will not pause during output
6202no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file
6203or to an editor buffer.
6204@end table
6205
6206@node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling _GDBN__
6207@section Numbers
6208@cindex number representation
6209@cindex entering numbers
6210You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in _GDBN__ by
6211the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal
6212numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}.
6213Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base
621410; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
6215format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for
6216both input and output with the @code{set radix} command.
6217
6218@table @code
6219@kindex set radix
6220@item set radix @var{base}
6221Set the default base for numeric input and display. Supported choices
c2bbbb22 6222for @var{base} are decimal 2, 8, 10, 16. @var{base} must itself be
70b88761
RP
6223specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for
6224example, any of
6225
6226@example
c2bbbb22 6227set radix 1010
70b88761
RP
6228set radix 012
6229set radix 10.
6230set radix 0xa
6231@end example
6232
6233@noindent
6234will set the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10}
6235will leave the radix unchanged no matter what it was.
6236
6237@kindex show radix
6238@item show radix
6239Display the current default base for numeric input and display.
6240
6241@end table
6242
c2bbbb22 6243@node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
6244@section Optional Warnings and Messages
6245By default, _GDBN__ is silent about its inner workings. If you are running
6246on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command.
6247It will make _GDBN__ tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so
6248you won't think it has crashed.
6249
6250Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those which
6251announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read
6252(@pxref{Files}, in the description of the command
6253@code{symbol-file}).
6254@c The following is the right way to do it, but emacs 18.55 doesn't support
6255@c @ref, and neither the emacs lisp manual version of texinfmt or makeinfo
e251e767 6256@c is released.
70b88761
RP
6257@ignore
6258see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files}).
6259@end ignore
6260
6261@table @code
6262@kindex set verbose
6263@item set verbose on
6264Enables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6265
6266@item set verbose off
6267Disables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6268
6269@kindex show verbose
6270@item show verbose
6271Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
6272@end table
6273
b80282d5
RP
6274By default, if _GDBN__ encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
6275file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
e251e767 6276this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors}).
70b88761
RP
6277
6278@table @code
6279@kindex set complaints
6280@item set complaints @var{limit}
6281Permits _GDBN__ to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual
6282symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to
6283zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent
6284complaints from being suppressed.
6285
6286@kindex show complaints
6287@item show complaints
6288Displays how many symbol complaints _GDBN__ is permitted to produce.
6289@end table
6290
6291By default, _GDBN__ is cautious, and asks what sometimes seem to be a
6292lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if
6293you try to run a program which is already running:
6294@example
6295(_GDBP__) run
6296The program being debugged has been started already.
e251e767 6297Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
70b88761
RP
6298@end example
6299
6300If you're willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
6301commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
6302
6303@table @code
6304@kindex set confirm
6305@cindex flinching
6306@cindex confirmation
6307@cindex stupid questions
6308@item set confirm off
6309Disables confirmation requests.
6310
6311@item set confirm on
6312Enables confirmation requests (the default).
6313
6314@item show confirm
6315@kindex show confirm
6316Displays state of confirmation requests.
6317@end table
6318
b80282d5
RP
6319@c FIXME this doesn't really belong here. But where *does* it belong?
6320@cindex reloading symbols
6321Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
6322be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.
6323_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6324For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file
6325and keep on running.
6326_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6327If you're running on one of these systems, you can allow _GDBN__ to
6328reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:@refill
6329@table @code
6330@kindex set symbol-reloading
6331@item set symbol-reloading on
6332Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
6333object file with a particular name is seen again.
6334
6335@item set symbol-reloading off
6336Don't replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of
6337the same name. This is the default state; if you're not running on a
6338system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave
6339@code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise _GDBN__ may discard symbols
6340when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from
6341different directories or libraries) with the same name.
6342
6343@item show symbol-reloading
6344Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
6345@end table
6346
70b88761
RP
6347@node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling _GDBN__, Top
6348@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
6349
6350Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands}), _GDBN__ provides two
6351ways to store sequences of commands for execution as a unit:
6352user-defined commands and command files.
6353
6354@menu
b80282d5
RP
6355* Define:: User-Defined Commands
6356* Command Files:: Command Files
6357* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
6358@end menu
6359
6360@node Define, Command Files, Sequences, Sequences
6361@section User-Defined Commands
6362
6363@cindex user-defined command
6364A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of _GDBN__ commands to which you
6365assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define}
6366command.
6367
6368@table @code
6369@item define @var{commandname}
6370@kindex define
6371Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command
6372by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
6373
6374The definition of the command is made up of other _GDBN__ command lines,
6375which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these
6376commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
6377
6378@item document @var{commandname}
6379@kindex document
6380Give documentation to the user-defined command @var{commandname}. The
6381command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads
6382lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the
6383command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document}
6384command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} will print
6385the documentation you have specified.
6386
6387You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
6388documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define}
6389does not change the documentation.
6390
6391@item help user-defined
6392@kindex help user-defined
6393List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
6394(if any) for each.
6395
6396@item info user
6397@itemx info user @var{commandname}
6398@kindex info user
6399Display the _GDBN__ commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its
6400documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
6401definitions for all user-defined commands.
6402@end table
6403
6404User-defined commands do not take arguments. When they are executed, the
6405commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command
6406stops execution of the user-defined command.
6407
6408Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6409without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many _GDBN__ commands
6410that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6411when used in a user-defined command.
6412
6413@node Command Files, Output, Define, Sequences
6414@section Command Files
6415
6416@cindex command files
6417A command file for _GDBN__ is a file of lines that are _GDBN__ commands. Comments
6418(lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a
6419command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as
6420it would from the terminal.
6421
6422@cindex init file
6423@cindex @file{_GDBINIT__}
6424When you start _GDBN__, it automatically executes commands from its
6425@dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{_GDBINIT__}. _GDBN__
6426reads the init file (if any) in your home directory and then the init
6427file (if any) in the current working directory. (The init files are not
6428executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option; @pxref{Mode Options}.) You
6429can also request the execution of a command file with the @code{source}
6430command:
6431
6432@table @code
6433@item source @var{filename}
6434@kindex source
6435Execute the command file @var{filename}.
6436@end table
6437
6438The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not
6439printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution
6440of the command file.
6441
6442Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6443without asking when used in a command file. Many _GDBN__ commands that
6444normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6445when called from command files.
6446
6447@node Output, , Command Files, Sequences
6448@section Commands for Controlled Output
6449
6450During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
6451_GDBN__ output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
6452explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section
6453describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
6454want.
6455
6456@table @code
6457@item echo @var{text}
6458@kindex echo
6459@c I don't consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
6460@c because it's not in ANSI.
6461Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in @var{text}
6462using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a newline. @b{No
6463newline will be printed unless you specify one.} In addition to the
6464standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed by a space stands for a
6465space. This is useful for outputting a string with spaces at the
6466beginning or the end, since leading and trailing spaces are otherwise
6467trimmed from all arguments. Thus, to print @samp{@ and foo =@ }, use the
6468command @samp{echo \@ and foo = \@ }.
6469@c FIXME: verify hard copy actually issues enspaces for '@ '! Will this
6470@c confuse texinfo?
6471
6472A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
6473the command onto subsequent lines. For example,
6474
6475@example
6476echo This is some text\n\
6477which is continued\n\
6478onto several lines.\n
6479@end example
6480
6481produces the same output as
6482
6483@example
6484echo This is some text\n
6485echo which is continued\n
6486echo onto several lines.\n
6487@end example
6488
6489@item output @var{expression}
6490@kindex output
6491Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
6492newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the
6493value history either. @xref{Expressions} for more information on
e251e767 6494expressions.
70b88761
RP
6495
6496@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
6497Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use
6498the same formats as for @code{print}; @pxref{Output formats}, for more
6499information.
6500
6501@item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
6502@kindex printf
6503Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of
6504@var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may
6505be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified
6506by @var{string}, exactly as if the program were to execute
6507
6508@example
6509printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
6510@end example
6511
6512For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
6513
6514@example
6515printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
6516@end example
6517
6518The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format
6519string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a
6520letter.
6521@end table
6522
6523@node Emacs, _GDBN__ Bugs, Sequences, Top
6524@chapter Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
6525
6526@cindex emacs
6527A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and
6528edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
6529_GDBN__.
6530
6531To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the
6532executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts
6533_GDBN__ as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
6534created Emacs buffer.
6535
6536Using _GDBN__ under Emacs is just like using _GDBN__ normally except for two
6537things:
6538
6539@itemize @bullet
6540@item
e251e767 6541All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer.
70b88761
RP
6542@end itemize
6543
6544This applies both to _GDBN__ commands and their output, and to the input
6545and output done by the program you are debugging.
6546
6547This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
6548commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
6549in this way.
6550
3d3ab540
RP
6551All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
6552with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual
6553way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
6554stop.
70b88761
RP
6555
6556@itemize @bullet
6557@item
e251e767 6558_GDBN__ displays source code through Emacs.
70b88761
RP
6559@end itemize
6560
6561Each time _GDBN__ displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
6562source file for that frame and puts an arrow (_0__@samp{=>}_1__) at the
6563left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for
6564source display, and splits the window to show both your _GDBN__ session
6565and the source.
6566
6567Explicit _GDBN__ @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
6568usual, but you probably will have no reason to use them.
6569
6570@quotation
6571@emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your
6572current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of
6573the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer will not
6574appear to show your source. _GDBN__ can find programs by searching your
6575environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the _GDBN__ input and output
6576session will proceed normally; but Emacs doesn't get enough information
6577back from _GDBN__ to locate the source files in this situation. To
6578avoid this problem, either start _GDBN__ mode from the directory where
6579your program resides, or specify a full path name when prompted for the
6580@kbd{M-x gdb} argument.
6581
6582A similar confusion can result if you use the _GDBN__ @code{file} command to
6583switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing
6584_GDBN__ buffer in Emacs.
6585@end quotation
6586
6587By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If
6588you need to call _GDBN__ by a different name (for example, if you keep
6589several configurations around, with different names) you can set the
6590Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example,
6591@example
6592(setq gdb-command-name "mygdb")
6593@end example
6594@noindent
6595(preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or
6596in your @file{.emacs} file) will make Emacs call the program named
6597``@code{mygdb}'' instead.
6598
6599In the _GDBN__ I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
6600addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
6601
6602@table @kbd
6603@item C-h m
6604Describe the features of Emacs' _GDBN__ Mode.
6605
6606@item M-s
6607Execute to another source line, like the _GDBN__ @code{step} command; also
6608update the display window to show the current file and location.
6609
6610@item M-n
6611Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
6612calls, like the _GDBN__ @code{next} command. Then update the display window
6613to show the current file and location.
6614
6615@item M-i
6616Execute one instruction, like the _GDBN__ @code{stepi} command; update
6617display window accordingly.
6618
6619@item M-x gdb-nexti
6620Execute to next instruction, using the _GDBN__ @code{nexti} command; update
6621display window accordingly.
6622
6623@item C-c C-f
6624Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the _GDBN__
6625@code{finish} command.
6626
6627@item M-c
6628Continue execution of the program, like the _GDBN__ @code{continue}
6629command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}.
6630
6631@item M-u
6632Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
6633(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}),
6634like the _GDBN__ @code{up} command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this
6635command is @kbd{C-c C-u}.@refill
6636
6637@item M-d
6638Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
6639_GDBN__ @code{down} command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command
6640is @kbd{C-c C-d}.
6641
6642@item C-x &
6643Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end
6644of the _GDBN__ I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code
6645around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble};
6646then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the
e251e767 6647argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}.
70b88761
RP
6648
6649You can customize this further on the fly by defining elements of the list
6650@code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or
6651otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are
c2bbbb22 6652inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} will both indicate that you
70b88761
RP
6653wish special formatting, and act as an index to pick an element of the
6654list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is
6655formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number
6656is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element.
6657
6658@end table
6659
6660In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break})
6661tells _GDBN__ to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
6662
6663If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
6664it back is to type the command @code{f} in the _GDBN__ buffer, to
6665request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this will recreate
6666the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
6667frame.
6668
6669The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
6670which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit
6671the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that _GDBN__
6672communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or
6673delete lines from the text, the line numbers that _GDBN__ knows will cease
6674to correspond properly to the code.
6675
6676@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate
6677@c if/when v19 does something similar. ---pesch@cygnus.com 19dec1990
6678@ignore
e251e767 6679@kindex emacs epoch environment
70b88761
RP
6680@kindex epoch
6681@kindex inspect
6682
6683Version 18 of Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch}
6684environment. Users of this environment can use a new command,
6685@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
6686each value is printed in its own window.
6687@end ignore
6688
6689@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Emacs, Top
6690@chapter Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
6691@cindex Bugs in _GDBN__
6692@cindex Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
6693
6694Your bug reports play an essential role in making _GDBN__ reliable.
6695
6696Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
6697may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
6698the entire community by making the next version of _GDBN__ work better. Bug
6699reports are your contribution to the maintenance of _GDBN__.
6700
6701In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
6702information that enables us to fix the bug.
6703
6704@menu
b80282d5
RP
6705* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
6706* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
70b88761
RP
6707@end menu
6708
6709@node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, _GDBN__ Bugs, _GDBN__ Bugs
6710@section Have You Found a Bug?
6711@cindex Bug Criteria
6712
6713If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
6714
6715@itemize @bullet
6716@item
6717@cindex Fatal Signal
6718@cindex Core Dump
6719If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
6720_GDBN__ bug. Reliable debuggers never crash.
6721
6722@item
6723@cindex error on Valid Input
6724If _GDBN__ produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
6725
6726@item
6727@cindex Invalid Input
6728If _GDBN__ does not produce an error message for invalid input,
6729that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of
6730``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
6731for traditional practice''.
6732
6733@item
6734If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
6735for improvement of _GDBN__ are welcome in any case.
6736@end itemize
6737
6738@node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, _GDBN__ Bugs
6739@section How to Report Bugs
6740@cindex Bug Reports
3d3ab540 6741@cindex _GDBN__ Bugs, Reporting
70b88761
RP
6742
6743A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
6744If you obtained _GDBN__ from a support organization, we recommend you
e251e767 6745contact that organization first.
70b88761
RP
6746
6747Contact information for many support companies and individuals is
6748available in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the GNU Emacs distribution.
6749
6750In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for _GDBN__ to one
6751of these addresses:
6752
6753@example
6754bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu
6755@{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb
6756@end example
6757
6758@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
6759@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of _GDBN__ do not want to
6760receive bug reports. Those that do, have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}.
6761
3d3ab540
RP
6762The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
6763serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
6764the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the
6765newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one
6766problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
6767path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
6768we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send
6769bug reports to the mailing list.
70b88761
RP
6770
6771As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to:
6772
6773@example
6774GNU Debugger Bugs
3d3ab540 6775Free Software Foundation
70b88761
RP
6776545 Tech Square
6777Cambridge, MA 02139
6778@end example
6779
6780The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
6781@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
6782fact or leave it out, state it!
6783
6784Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
6785problem and assume that some details don't matter. Thus, you might
6786assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
6787Well, probably it doesn't, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a
6788stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
6789name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
6790of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
6791the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the
6792easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
6793
6794Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
6795the bug if it is new to us. It isn't as important what happens if
6796the bug is already known. Therefore, always write your bug reports on
6797the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
6798
6799Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
6800bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
6801@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
6802bugs properly.
6803
6804To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
6805
6806@itemize @bullet
6807@item
6808The version of _GDBN__. _GDBN__ announces it if you start with no
6809arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}.
6810
6811Without this, we won't know whether there is any point in looking for
6812the bug in the current version of _GDBN__.
6813
6814@item
6815A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
e251e767 6816reproduce the bug.
70b88761
RP
6817
6818@item
6819What compiler (and its version) was used to compile _GDBN__---e.g.
6820``_GCC__-1.37.1''.
6821
6822@item
6823The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
6824observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee
6825you won't omit something important, list them all.
6826
6827If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
6828and then we might not encounter the bug.
6829
6830@item
6831The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
6832version number.
6833
6834@item
6835A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
6836incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
6837
6838Of course, if the bug is that _GDBN__ gets a fatal signal, then we will
6839certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
6840notice unless it is glaringly wrong. We are human, after all. You
6841might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
6842
6843Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
6844say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as,
6845your copy of _GDBN__ is out of synch, or you have encountered a
6846bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy
6847might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash,
6848then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not
6849happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we
6850would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations.
6851
6852@item
6853If you wish to suggest changes to the _GDBN__ source, send us context
6854diffs. If you even discuss something in the _GDBN__ source, refer to
6855it by context, not by line number.
6856
6857The line numbers in our development sources won't match those in your
6858sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
6859
6860@end itemize
6861
6862Here are some things that are not necessary:
6863
6864@itemize @bullet
6865@item
6866A description of the envelope of the bug.
6867
6868Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
6869which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
6870changes will not affect it.
6871
6872This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
6873will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
6874with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
6875We recommend that you save your time for something else.
6876
6877Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
6878of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
6879output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
e251e767 6880less time, etc.
70b88761
RP
6881
6882However, simplification is not vital; if you don't want to do this,
6883report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
6884
6885@item
6886A patch for the bug.
6887
6888A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But don't omit
6889the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
6890a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
6891to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
6892
6893Sometimes with a program as complicated as _GDBN__ it is very hard to
6894construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
6895through the code. If you don't send us the example, we won't be able
6896to construct one, so we won't be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
6897
6898And if we can't understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
6899patch should be an improvement, we won't install it. A test case will
6900help us to understand.
6901
6902@item
6903A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
6904
6905Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we can't guess right about such
6906things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
6907@end itemize
6908
6909@iftex
b80282d5 6910@include rdl-apps.texi
70b88761
RP
6911@end iftex
6912
6913@node Renamed Commands, Installing _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Bugs, Top
6914@appendix Renamed Commands
6915
6916The following commands were renamed in _GDBN__ 4.0, in order to make the
6917command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember:
6918
e251e767
RP
6919@kindex add-syms
6920@kindex delete environment
6921@kindex info copying
6922@kindex info convenience
6923@kindex info directories
6924@kindex info editing
6925@kindex info history
6926@kindex info targets
6927@kindex info values
6928@kindex info version
6929@kindex info warranty
6930@kindex set addressprint
6931@kindex set arrayprint
6932@kindex set prettyprint
6933@kindex set screen-height
6934@kindex set screen-width
6935@kindex set unionprint
6936@kindex set vtblprint
6937@kindex set demangle
6938@kindex set asm-demangle
6939@kindex set sevenbit-strings
6940@kindex set array-max
6941@kindex set caution
6942@kindex set history write
6943@kindex show addressprint
6944@kindex show arrayprint
6945@kindex show prettyprint
6946@kindex show screen-height
6947@kindex show screen-width
6948@kindex show unionprint
6949@kindex show vtblprint
6950@kindex show demangle
6951@kindex show asm-demangle
6952@kindex show sevenbit-strings
6953@kindex show array-max
6954@kindex show caution
6955@kindex show history write
6956@kindex unset
70b88761
RP
6957
6958@ifinfo
cf496415
RP
6959@example
6960OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND
6961--------------- -------------------------------
6962add-syms add-symbol-file
6963delete environment unset environment
6964info convenience show convenience
6965info copying show copying
e251e767 6966info directories show directories
cf496415
RP
6967info editing show commands
6968info history show values
6969info targets help target
6970info values show values
6971info version show version
6972info warranty show warranty
6973set/show addressprint set/show print address
6974set/show array-max set/show print elements
6975set/show arrayprint set/show print array
6976set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle
6977set/show caution set/show confirm
6978set/show demangle set/show print demangle
6979set/show history write set/show history save
6980set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty
6981set/show screen-height set/show height
6982set/show screen-width set/show width
6983set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings
6984set/show unionprint set/show print union
6985set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl
6986
6987unset [No longer an alias for delete]
6988@end example
70b88761
RP
6989@end ifinfo
6990
6991@tex
6992\vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip
6993\halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr
6994{\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr
6995add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr
6996delete environment &&unset environment\cr
6997info convenience &&show convenience\cr
6998info copying &&show copying\cr
6999info directories &&show directories \cr
7000info editing &&show commands\cr
7001info history &&show values\cr
7002info targets &&help target\cr
7003info values &&show values\cr
7004info version &&show version\cr
7005info warranty &&show warranty\cr
7006set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr
7007set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr
7008set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr
7009set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr
7010set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr
7011set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr
7012set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr
7013set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr
7014set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr
7015set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr
7016set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr
7017set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr
7018set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr
7019\cr
7020unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr
7021}
7022@end tex
7023
7024@node Installing _GDBN__, Copying, Renamed Commands, Top
7025@appendix Installing _GDBN__
7026@cindex configuring _GDBN__
7027@cindex installation
7028
b80282d5
RP
7029_GDBN__ comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process
7030of preparing _GDBN__ for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
7031build the @code{_GDBP__} program.
7032
7033The _GDBP__ distribution includes all the source code you need for
3e0d0a27 7034_GDBP__ in a single directory @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}. That directory in turn
c7637ea6 7035contains:
b80282d5 7036
3d3ab540 7037@table @code
c7637ea6
RP
7038@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
7039script for configuring _GDBN__ and all its supporting libraries.
b80282d5 7040
3e0d0a27 7041@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
3d3ab540
RP
7042the source specific to _GDBN__ itself
7043
3e0d0a27 7044@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
3d3ab540
RP
7045source for the Binary File Descriptor Library
7046
3e0d0a27 7047@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/include
b80282d5 7048GNU include files
3d3ab540 7049
3e0d0a27 7050@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty
3d3ab540
RP
7051source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
7052
3e0d0a27 7053@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline
b80282d5 7054source for the GNU command-line interface
3d3ab540 7055@end table
7463aadd 7056@noindent
3e0d0a27 7057It is most convenient to run @code{configure} from the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}
b80282d5
RP
7058directory. The simplest way to configure and build _GDBN__ is the
7059following:
7463aadd 7060@example
3e0d0a27 7061cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
3d3ab540 7062./configure @var{host}
7463aadd
RP
7063make
7064@end example
7065@noindent
b80282d5 7066where @var{host} is something like @samp{sun4} or @samp{decstation}, that
3d3ab540
RP
7067identifies the platform where _GDBN__ will run. This builds the three
7068libraries @file{bfd}, @file{readline}, and @file{libiberty}, then
7069@code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the binaries, are
7070left in the corresponding source directories.
7071
e251e767
RP
7072@code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
7073system doesn't recognize this automatically when you run a different
7074shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
7075@samp{sh configure @var{host}}.
7076
7077You can @emph{run} the @code{configure} script from any of the
7078subordinate directories in the _GDBN__ distribution (if you only want to
7079configure that subdirectory); but be sure to specify a path to it. For
7080example, to configure only the @code{bfd} subdirectory,
7081@example
7082cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
7083../configure @var{host}
7084@end example
7085
3d3ab540
RP
7086You can install @code{_GDBP__} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths. However,
7087you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by the
7088@samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable; some systems
7089refuse to let _GDBN__ debug child processes whose programs are not
7090readable, and _GDBN__ uses the shell to start your program.
7091
7092@menu
b80282d5
RP
7093* Subdirectories:: Configuration subdirectories
7094* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
7095* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
d7b569d5 7096* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print _GDBN__ documentation
3d3ab540
RP
7097@end menu
7098
7099
b80282d5 7100@node Subdirectories, Config Names, Installing _GDBN__, Installing _GDBN__
3d3ab540 7101@section Configuration Subdirectories
b80282d5
RP
7102If you want to run _GDBN__ versions for several host or target machines,
7103you'll need a different _GDBP__ compiled for each combination of host
7104and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by allowing
7105you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory. If your
7106@code{make} program handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (GNU @code{make}
7107does), running @code{make} in each of these directories then builds the
7108_GDBP__ program specified there.
7109
7110@code{configure} creates these subdirectories for you when you
7111simultaneously specify several configurations; but it's a good habit
7112even for a single configuration. You can specify the use of
7113subdirectories using the @samp{+subdirs} option (abbreviated
c7637ea6
RP
7114@samp{+sub}). For example, you can build _GDBN__ this way on a Sun 4 as
7115follows:
70b88761
RP
7116
7117@example
3d3ab540 7118@group
3e0d0a27 7119cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
b80282d5 7120./configure +sub sun4
c7637ea6 7121cd H-sun4/T-sun4
70b88761 7122make
3d3ab540 7123@end group
70b88761
RP
7124@end example
7125
3d3ab540
RP
7126When @code{configure} uses subdirectories to build programs or
7127libraries, it creates nested directories
c7637ea6
RP
7128@file{H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}}. @code{configure} uses these two
7129directory levels because _GDBN__ can be configured for cross-compiling:
7130_GDBN__ can run on one machine (the host) while debugging programs that
7131run on another machine (the target). You specify cross-debugging
7132targets by giving the @samp{+target=@var{target}} option to
7133@code{configure}. Specifying only hosts still gives you two levels of
7134subdirectory for each host, with the same configuration suffix on both;
7135that is, if you give any number of hosts but no targets, _GDBN__ will be
7136configured for native debugging on each host. On the other hand,
7137whenever you specify both hosts and targets on the same command line,
7138@code{configure} creates all combinations of the hosts and targets you
7139list.@refill
7140
7141If you run @code{configure} from a directory (notably,
7142@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}) that contains source directories for multiple
7143libraries or programs, @code{configure} creates the
7144@file{H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}} subdirectories in each library or
7145program's source directory. For example, typing:
3d3ab540 7146@example
3e0d0a27 7147cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
b80282d5 7148configure sun4 +target=vxworks960
3d3ab540
RP
7149@end example
7150@noindent
7151creates the following directories:
b80282d5 7152@smallexample
c7637ea6
RP
7153gdb-_GDB_VN__/H-sun4/T-vxworks960
7154gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd/H-sun4/T-vxworks960
7155gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/H-sun4/T-vxworks960
7156gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty/H-sun4/T-vxworks960
7157gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline/H-sun4/T-vxworks960
b80282d5 7158@end smallexample
c7637ea6
RP
7159
7160When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run it
7161in a configured directory. If you made a single configuration,
7162without subdirectories, run @code{make} in the source directory.
7163If you have @file{H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}} subdirectories,
e251e767 7164run @code{make} in those subdirectories.
c7637ea6
RP
7165
7166The @code{Makefile} generated by @code{configure} for each source
7167directory runs recursively, so that typing @code{make} in
7168@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} (or in a
7169@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}} subdirectory) builds
7170all the required libraries, then _GDBN__.@refill
3d3ab540
RP
7171
7172When you have multiple hosts or targets configured, you can run
7173@code{make} on them in parallel (for example, if they are NFS-mounted on
7174each of the hosts); they will not interfere with each other.
7175
c7637ea6
RP
7176You can also use the @samp{+objdir=@var{altroot}} option to have the
7177configured files placed in a parallel directory structure rather than
7178alongside the source files; @pxref{configure Options}.
7d7ff5f6 7179
b80282d5
RP
7180@node Config Names, configure Options, Subdirectories, Installing _GDBN__
7181@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
7182
7183The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure}
7184script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
7185aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
e251e767 7186of information in the following pattern:
b80282d5
RP
7187@example
7188@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
7189@end example
7190
7191For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument
e251e767
RP
7192or in a @code{+target=@var{target}} option, but the equivalent full name
7193is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
b80282d5
RP
7194
7195The following table shows all the architectures, hosts, and OS prefixes
3e0d0a27 7196that @code{configure} recognizes in _GDBN__ _GDB_VN__. Entries in the ``OS
b80282d5
RP
7197prefix'' column ending in a @samp{*} may be followed by a release number.
7198
7199@ifinfo
7200@example
7201
7202ARCHITECTURE VENDOR OS prefix
e251e767
RP
7203------------+------------+-------------
7204 | |
7205 580 | altos | aix*
7206 a29k | amd | amigados
7207 alliant | amdahl | aout
7208 arm | aout | bout
7209 c1 | apollo | bsd*
7210 c2 | att | coff
7211 cray2 | bcs | ctix*
7212 h8300 | bout | dgux*
7213 i386 | bull | dynix*
7214 i860 | cbm | ebmon
7215 i960 | coff | esix*
7216 m68000 | convergent | hds
7217 m68k | convex | hpux*
7218 m88k | cray | irix*
7219 mips | dec | isc*
7220 ns32k | encore | kern
7221 pyramid | gould | mach*
7222 romp | hitachi | msdos*
7223 rs6000 | hp | newsos*
7224 sparc | ibm | nindy*
7225 tahoe | intel | osf*
7226 tron | isi | sco*
7227 vax | little | sunos*
7228 xmp | mips | svr4
7229 ymp | motorola | sym*
7230 | ncr | sysv*
7231 | next | ultrix*
7232 | nyu | unicos*
7233 | sco | unos*
7234 | sequent | uts
7235 | sgi | v88r*
7236 | sony | vms*
7237 | sun | vxworks*
7238 | unicom |
7239 | utek |
7240 | wrs |
b80282d5
RP
7241
7242@end example
d7b569d5
RP
7243@quotation
7244@emph{Warning:} Many combinations of architecture, vendor, and OS are
e251e767 7245untested.
d7b569d5 7246@end quotation
b80282d5 7247@end ifinfo
c338a2fd
RP
7248@c FIXME: this table is probably screwed in @smallbook. Try setting
7249@c FIXME...smallbook fonts?
b80282d5 7250@tex
c338a2fd 7251%\vskip\parskip
e251e767
RP
7252\advance\baselineskip -1pt
7253% TERRIBLE KLUGE ABOVE makes table fit on one page (large format, prob
7254% not smallbook). FIXME Reformat table for next time!!
c338a2fd
RP
7255\vskip \baselineskip
7256\halign{\hskip\parindent\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt
7257#\hfil &\qquad\qquad\it #\hfil\cr
b80282d5 7258{\bf Architecture} &&{\bf Vendor} &&{\bf OS prefix}\cr
c338a2fd 7259\multispan5\hrulefill\cr
e251e767
RP
7260 580 && altos && aix* \cr
7261 a29k && amd && amigados \cr
7262 alliant && amdahl && aout \cr
7263 arm && aout && bout \cr
7264 c1 && apollo && bsd* \cr
7265 c2 && att && coff \cr
7266 cray2 && bcs && ctix* \cr
7267 h8300 && bout && dgux* \cr
7268 i386 && bull && dynix* \cr
7269 i860 && cbm && ebmon &Warning: \cr
7270 i960 && coff && esix* &Many combinations \cr
7271 m68000 && convergent && hds &of architecture, vendor \cr
7272 m68k && convex && hpux* &and OS are untested. \cr
7273 m88k && cray && irix* \cr
7274 mips && dec && isc* \cr
7275 ns32k && encore && kern \cr
7276 pyramid && gould && mach* \cr
7277 romp && hitachi && msdos* \cr
7278 rs6000 && hp && newsos* \cr
7279 sparc && ibm && nindy* \cr
7280 tahoe && intel && osf* \cr
7281 tron && isi && sco* \cr
7282 vax && little && sunos* \cr
7283 xmp && mips && svr4 \cr
7284 ymp && motorola && sym* \cr
7285 && ncr && sysv* \cr
7286 && next && ultrix* \cr
7287 && nyu && unicos* \cr
7288 && sco && unos* \cr
7289 && sequent && uts \cr
7290 && sgi && v88r* \cr
7291 && sony && vms* \cr
7292 && sun && vxworks* \cr
7293 && unicom && \cr
7294 && utek && \cr
7295 && wrs && \cr
b80282d5
RP
7296}
7297@end tex
b80282d5 7298
3e0d0a27 7299The @code{configure} script accompanying _GDBN__ _GDB_VN__ does not provide
b80282d5
RP
7300any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
7301aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
7302@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
7303script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
7304abbreviations---for example:
7305@example
7306% sh config.sub sun4
7307sparc-sun-sunos4
7308% sh config.sub sun3
7309m68k-sun-sunos4
7310% sh config.sub decstation
7311mips-dec-ultrix
7312% sh config.sub hp300bsd
7313m68k-hp-bsd
7314% sh config.sub i386v
7315i386-none-sysv
7316% sh config.sub i486v
c7637ea6 7317*** Configuration "i486v" not recognized
b80282d5 7318@end example
c7637ea6
RP
7319@noindent
7320@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the directory @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}.
b80282d5 7321
d7b569d5 7322@node configure Options, Formatting Documentation, Config Names, Installing _GDBN__
3d3ab540 7323@section @code{configure} Options
7463aadd
RP
7324
7325Here is a summary of all the @code{configure} options and arguments that
7326you might use for building _GDBN__:
7327
7328@example
c7637ea6
RP
7329configure @r{[}+destdir=@var{dir}@r{]} @r{[}+subdirs@r{]}
7330 @r{[}+objdir=@var{altroot}@r{]} @r{[}+norecursion@r{]} @r{[}+rm@r{]}
b80282d5 7331 @r{[}+target=@var{target}@dots{}@r{]} @var{host}@dots{}
7463aadd 7332@end example
3d3ab540 7333@noindent
7463aadd 7334You may introduce options with the character @samp{-} rather than
b80282d5
RP
7335@samp{+} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
7336@samp{+}.
70b88761
RP
7337
7338@table @code
7463aadd 7339@item +destdir=@var{dir}
3d3ab540
RP
7340@var{dir} is an installation directory @emph{path prefix}. After you
7341configure with this option, @code{make install} will install _GDBN__ as
7342@file{@var{dir}/bin/_GDBP__}, and the libraries in @file{@var{dir}/lib}.
7343If you specify @samp{+destdir=/usr/local}, for example, @code{make
7344install} creates @file{/usr/local/bin/gdb}.@refill
7463aadd 7345
b80282d5 7346@item +subdirs
3d3ab540 7347Write configuration specific files in subdirectories of the form
7463aadd 7348@example
c7637ea6 7349H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}
7463aadd
RP
7350@end example
7351@noindent
e251e767
RP
7352(and configure the @code{Makefile} to generate object code in
7353subdirectories of this form as well). Without this option, if you
7354specify only one configuration for _GDBN__, @code{configure} will use
7355the same directory for source, configured files, and binaries. This
7356option is used automatically if you specify more than one @var{host} or
7357more than one @samp{+target=@var{target}} option on the @code{configure}
7358command line.
7463aadd 7359
c7637ea6 7360@item +norecursion
7463aadd
RP
7361Configure only the directory where @code{configure} is executed; do not
7362propagate configuration to subdirectories.
7363
c7637ea6
RP
7364@item +objdir=@var{altroot}
7365@var{altroot} is an alternative directory used as the root for
7366configured files. @code{configure} will create directories under
7367@var{altroot} in parallel to the source directories. If you use
7368@samp{+objdir=@var{altroot}} with @samp{+subdirs}, @code{configure} also
7369builds the @samp{H-@var{host}/T-@var{target}} subdirectories in the
7370directory tree rooted in @var{altroot}.
7371
7372
7463aadd 7373@item +rm
b80282d5 7374Remove the configuration that the other arguments specify.
7463aadd 7375
d7b569d5
RP
7376@c This doesn't work (yet if ever). FIXME.
7377@c @item +parse=@var{lang} @dots{}
7378@c Configure the _GDBN__ expression parser to parse the listed languages.
7379@c @samp{all} configures _GDBN__ for all supported languages. To get a
7380@c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this
7381@c option, _GDBN__ is configured to parse all supported languages.
c2bbbb22 7382
b80282d5 7383@item +target=@var{target} @dots{}
3d3ab540 7384Configure _GDBN__ for cross-debugging programs running on each specified
b80282d5
RP
7385@var{target}. You may specify as many @samp{+target} options as you
7386wish. Without this option, _GDBN__ is configured to debug programs that
7387run on the same machine (@var{host}) as _GDBN__ itself.
7388
7389There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
7463aadd
RP
7390
7391@item @var{host} @dots{}
3d3ab540 7392Configure _GDBN__ to run on each specified @var{host}. You may specify as
e251e767 7393many host names as you wish.
b80282d5
RP
7394
7395There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
70b88761
RP
7396@end table
7397
3d3ab540
RP
7398@noindent
7399@code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with
b80282d5 7400configuring other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only
3d3ab540
RP
7401options that affect _GDBN__ or its supporting libraries.
7402
d7b569d5
RP
7403@node Formatting Documentation, , configure Options, Installing _GDBN__
7404@section Formatting the Documentation
7405
7406@cindex _GDBN__ reference card
7407@cindex reference card
7408The _GDBN__ _GDB_VN__ release includes an already-formatted reference card,
7409ready for printing on a PostScript printer, as @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/refcard.ps}.
7410It uses the most common PostScript fonts: the Times family, Courier, and
7411Symbol. If you have a PostScript printer, you can print the reference
7412card by just sending @file{refcard.ps} to the printer.
3d3ab540 7413
d7b569d5 7414The release also includes the online Info version of this manual already
3e0d0a27 7415formatted: the main Info file is @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/gdb.info}, and it
b80282d5
RP
7416refers to subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same
7417directory.
7418
7419If you want to make these Info files yourself from the _GDBN__ manual's
7420source, you need the GNU @code{makeinfo} program. Once you have it, you
7421can type
3d3ab540 7422@example
3e0d0a27 7423cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
3d3ab540
RP
7424make gdb.info
7425@end example
7426@noindent
7427to make the Info file.
7428
d7b569d5 7429If you want to format and print copies of the manual, you need several
e251e767 7430things:
3d3ab540 7431@itemize @bullet
e251e767 7432@item
3d3ab540
RP
7433@TeX{}, the public domain typesetting program written by Donald Knuth,
7434must be installed on your system and available through your execution
7435path.
e251e767 7436@item
3e0d0a27 7437@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/texinfo}: @TeX{} macros defining the GNU
3d3ab540
RP
7438Documentation Format.
7439@item
7440@emph{A @sc{dvi} output program.} @TeX{} doesn't actually make marks on
7441paper; it produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. If your system
7442has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has a program for printing out
7443these files; one popular example is @code{dvips}, which can print
7444@sc{dvi} files on PostScript printers.
7445@end itemize
7446@noindent
7447Once you have these things, you can type
7448@example
3e0d0a27 7449cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
3d3ab540
RP
7450make gdb.dvi
7451@end example
7452@noindent
7453to format the text of this manual, and print it with the usual output
7454method for @TeX{} @sc{dvi} files at your site.
7455
d7b569d5 7456If you want to print the reference card, but don't have a PostScript
e251e767 7457printer, or you want to use Computer Modern fonts instead,
d7b569d5 7458you can still print it if you have @TeX{}. Format the reference card by typing
b80282d5 7459@example
3e0d0a27 7460cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
b80282d5
RP
7461make refcard.dvi
7462@end example
7463@noindent
7464
7465The _GDBN__ reference card is designed to print in landscape mode on US
7466``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
7467high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
7468your @sc{dvi} output program.
7469
7470
70b88761 7471@node Copying, Index, Installing _GDBN__, Top
70b88761 7472@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
7463aadd 7473@center Version 2, June 1991
70b88761
RP
7474
7475@display
7463aadd 7476Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
7477675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
7478
7479Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
7480of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
7481@end display
7482
7483@unnumberedsec Preamble
7484
7463aadd
RP
7485 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
7486freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
70b88761 7487License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
7463aadd
RP
7488software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
7489General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
7490Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
7491using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
7492the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
7493your programs, too.
70b88761
RP
7494
7495 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
7463aadd
RP
7496price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
7497have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
7498this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
7499if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
7500in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
70b88761
RP
7501
7502 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
7503anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
7504These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
7505distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
7506
7463aadd 7507 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
70b88761
RP
7508gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
7509you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
7463aadd
RP
7510source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
7511rights.
70b88761
RP
7512
7513 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
7514(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
7515distribute and/or modify the software.
7516
7517 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
7518that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
7519software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
7520want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
7521that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
7522authors' reputations.
7523
7463aadd
RP
7524 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
7525patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
7526program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
7527program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
7528patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
7529
70b88761
RP
7530 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
7531modification follow.
7532
7533@iftex
7463aadd 7534@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
7535@end iftex
7536@ifinfo
7463aadd 7537@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
7538@end ifinfo
7539
7540@enumerate
7541@item
7463aadd
RP
7542This License applies to any program or other work which contains
7543a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
7544under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
7545refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
7546means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
7547that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
7548either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
7549language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
7550the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
7551
7552Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
7553covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
7554running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
7555is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
7556Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
7557Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
70b88761
RP
7558
7559@item
7463aadd
RP
7560You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
7561source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
7562conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
7563copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
7564notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
7565and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
7566along with the Program.
70b88761 7567
7463aadd
RP
7568You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
7569you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
70b88761 7570
70b88761 7571@item
7463aadd
RP
7572You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
7573of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
7574distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
7575above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
70b88761 7576
7463aadd 7577@alphaenumerate
70b88761 7578@item
7463aadd
RP
7579You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
7580stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
70b88761
RP
7581
7582@item
7463aadd
RP
7583You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
7584whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
7585part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
7586parties under the terms of this License.
70b88761
RP
7587
7588@item
7463aadd
RP
7589If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
7590when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
7591interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
7592announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
7593notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
7594a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
7595these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
7596License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
7597does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
7598the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
7599@end alphaenumerate
7600
7601These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
7602identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
7603and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
7604themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
7605sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
7606distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
7607on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
7608this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
7609entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
7610
7611Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
7612your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
7613exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
7614collective works based on the Program.
7615
7616In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
7617with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
7618a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
7619the scope of this License.
70b88761
RP
7620
7621@item
7463aadd
RP
7622You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
7623under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
7624Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
70b88761 7625
7463aadd 7626@alphaenumerate
70b88761 7627@item
7463aadd
RP
7628Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
7629source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
76301 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
7631
7632@item
7463aadd
RP
7633Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
7634years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
7635cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
7636machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
7637distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
7638customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
7639
7640@item
7463aadd
RP
7641Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
7642to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
70b88761 7643allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
7463aadd
RP
7644received the program in object code or executable form with such
7645an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
7646@end alphaenumerate
7647
7648The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
7649making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
7650code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
7651associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
7652control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
7653special exception, the source code distributed need not include
7654anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
7655form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
7656operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
7657itself accompanies the executable.
7658
7659If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
7660access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
7661access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
7662distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
7663compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
70b88761
RP
7664
7665@item
7463aadd
RP
7666You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
7667except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
7668otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
7669void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
7670However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
7671this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
7672parties remain in full compliance.
70b88761
RP
7673
7674@item
7463aadd
RP
7675You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
7676signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
7677distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
7678prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
7679modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
7680Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
7681all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
7682the Program or works based on it.
70b88761
RP
7683
7684@item
7685Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
7463aadd
RP
7686Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
7687original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
7688these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
7689restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
7690You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
7691this License.
7692
7693@item
7694If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
7695infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
7696conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
7697otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
7698excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
7699distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
7700License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
7701may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
7702license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
7703all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
7704the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
7705refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
7706
7707If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
7708any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
7709apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
7710circumstances.
7711
7712It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
7713patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
7714such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
7715integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
7716implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
7717generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
7718through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
7719system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
7720to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
7721impose that choice.
7722
7723This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
7724be a consequence of the rest of this License.
7725
7726@item
7727If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
7728certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
7729original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
7730may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
7731those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
7732countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
7733the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
70b88761
RP
7734
7735@item
7736The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
7737of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
7738be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
7739address new problems or concerns.
7740
7741Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
7463aadd 7742specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
70b88761
RP
7743later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
7744either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
7745Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
7463aadd 7746this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
70b88761
RP
7747Foundation.
7748
7749@item
7750If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
7751programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
7752to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
7753Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
7754make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
7755of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
7756of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
7757
7758@iftex
7759@heading NO WARRANTY
7760@end iftex
7761@ifinfo
7762@center NO WARRANTY
7763@end ifinfo
7764
7765@item
7766BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
7767FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
7768OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
7769PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
7770OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
7771MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
7772TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
7773PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
7774REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
7775
7776@item
7463aadd
RP
7777IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
7778WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
70b88761 7779REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
7463aadd
RP
7780INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
7781OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
7782TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
7783YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
7784PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
7785POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
70b88761
RP
7786@end enumerate
7787
7788@iftex
7789@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
7790@end iftex
7791@ifinfo
7792@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
7793@end ifinfo
7794
7795@page
54e6b3c3 7796@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
70b88761
RP
7797
7798 If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
7463aadd
RP
7799possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
7800free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
70b88761 7801
7463aadd
RP
7802 To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
7803to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
7804convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
7805the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
70b88761
RP
7806
7807@smallexample
7808@var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
7809Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
7810
7811This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7812it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
7463aadd
RP
7813the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
7814(at your option) any later version.
70b88761
RP
7815
7816This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
7817but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
7818MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
7819GNU General Public License for more details.
7820
7821You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
7822along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
7823Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
7824@end smallexample
7825
7826Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
7827
7828If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
7829when it starts in an interactive mode:
7830
7831@smallexample
7832Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
7833Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
7834This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
7835under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
7836@end smallexample
7837
7463aadd
RP
7838The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
7839the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
7840commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
7841@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
7842suits your program.
70b88761
RP
7843
7844You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
7845school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
7846necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
7847
7463aadd
RP
7848@example
7849Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
7850`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
70b88761
RP
7851
7852@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
7853Ty Coon, President of Vice
7463aadd
RP
7854@end example
7855
7856This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
7857proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
7858consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
7859library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
7860Public License instead of this License.
70b88761 7861
d2e08421 7862
9c3ad547 7863@node Index, , Copying, Top
d2e08421 7864@unnumbered Index
e91b87a3 7865
7866@printindex cp
7867
fe3f5fc8
RP
7868@tex
7869% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
7870% meantime:
7871\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
7872\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
7873\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
7874\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
7875\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
7876\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/} and}
7877\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
7878\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
7879\page\colophon
7880% Blame: pesch@cygnus.com, 28mar91.
7881@end tex
7882
e91b87a3 7883@contents
7884@bye
This page took 0.415129 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.